1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
70 #include "thread-fsm.h"
71 #include "tid-parse.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
106 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
110 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
112 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
114 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
117 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
119 enum bptype type_wanted
);
121 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct linespec_result
*,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
124 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
130 const struct event_location
*location
,
131 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
132 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
134 static void clear_command (char *, int);
136 static void catch_command (char *, int);
138 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
140 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
142 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
144 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
146 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
148 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
150 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
152 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
153 struct symtab_and_line
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
157 static struct breakpoint
*
158 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
160 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
163 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
165 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
169 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
170 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
171 struct obj_section
*, int);
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
174 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
177 struct address_space
*aspace
,
180 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
181 struct address_space
*,
184 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
188 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
189 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
191 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
193 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
195 static void commands_command (char *, int);
197 static void condition_command (char *, int);
199 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
200 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
202 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
204 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
206 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
208 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
212 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
214 int *other_type_used
);
216 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
223 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
235 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
237 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
238 insert locations now. */
239 enum ugll_insert_mode
241 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
242 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
243 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
244 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
245 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
246 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
247 returns true on them.
249 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
250 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
251 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
252 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
253 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
254 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
258 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
259 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
262 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
263 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
264 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
265 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
266 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
267 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
268 as no thread is running yet. */
272 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
274 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
276 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
278 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
280 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
282 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
286 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
290 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
292 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
294 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
296 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
299 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
302 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
303 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
317 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
320 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
323 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
326 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
327 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
328 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
329 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
330 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
332 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
333 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
334 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
335 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
341 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
343 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
344 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
345 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
346 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
348 static char *dprintf_function
;
350 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
351 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
352 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
353 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
354 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
355 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
356 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
358 static char *dprintf_channel
;
360 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
362 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
364 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
365 breakpoints share a single command list. */
366 struct counted_command_line
368 /* The reference count. */
371 /* The command list. */
372 struct command_line
*commands
;
375 struct command_line
*
376 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
378 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
381 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
382 current breakpoint. */
384 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
387 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
389 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
390 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
392 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
394 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
397 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
398 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
399 if such is available. */
400 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
403 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
404 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
407 fprintf_filtered (file
,
408 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
409 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
415 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
416 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
417 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
419 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
420 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
423 fprintf_filtered (file
,
424 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
425 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
430 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
431 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
432 use hardware breakpoints. */
433 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
435 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
436 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
439 fprintf_filtered (file
,
440 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
445 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
446 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
447 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
448 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
449 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
450 processing user input. */
451 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
454 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
455 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
457 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
464 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
466 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
468 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
469 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
470 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
473 else if (target_has_execution
)
475 struct thread_info
*tp
;
477 if (always_inserted_mode
)
479 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
484 if (threads_are_executing ())
487 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
488 stopped, we still have events to process. */
489 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
491 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
497 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
499 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
500 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
502 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
503 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
504 condition_evaluation_auto
,
505 condition_evaluation_host
,
506 condition_evaluation_target
,
510 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
511 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
513 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
514 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
518 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
519 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
523 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
525 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
527 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
528 return condition_evaluation_target
;
530 return condition_evaluation_host
;
536 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
539 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
541 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
544 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
548 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
550 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
552 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
555 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
557 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
558 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
560 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
561 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
563 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
564 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
566 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
568 current breakpoint. */
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
572 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
573 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
574 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
577 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
578 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
579 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
581 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
582 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
583 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
586 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
587 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
588 to where the loop should start from.
589 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
590 appropriate location to start with. */
592 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
593 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
594 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
596 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
597 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
600 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
602 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
603 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
604 if (is_tracepoint (B))
606 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
608 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
610 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
612 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
614 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
616 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
618 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
619 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
620 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
621 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
622 an address you need to read. */
624 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
626 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
627 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
628 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
629 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
630 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
632 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
634 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
635 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
636 reported by a target. */
637 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
639 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
641 static int breakpoint_count
;
643 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
644 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
645 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
646 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
647 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
651 static int tracepoint_count
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
654 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
655 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
657 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
660 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
663 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
667 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
674 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
676 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
678 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
681 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
684 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
686 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
687 breakpoint_count
= num
;
688 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
691 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
692 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
693 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
695 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
699 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
701 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
704 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
708 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
710 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
713 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
716 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
718 struct breakpoint
*b
;
724 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
725 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
727 static struct counted_command_line
*
728 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
730 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
733 result
->commands
= commands
;
738 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
741 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
747 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
748 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
749 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
752 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
756 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
758 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
765 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
768 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
770 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
773 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
776 static struct cleanup
*
777 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
779 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
783 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
784 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
787 get_breakpoint (int num
)
789 struct breakpoint
*b
;
792 if (b
->number
== num
)
800 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
806 struct bp_location
*loc
;
808 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
809 evaluating conditions and if the user has
810 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
812 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
813 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
816 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
819 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
820 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
823 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
824 evaluating conditions on its side. */
827 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
829 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
830 evaluating conditions and if the user has
831 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
833 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
834 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
838 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
841 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
844 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
845 condition_evaluation_mode. */
848 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
851 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
853 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
854 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
856 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
857 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
858 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
862 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
863 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
865 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
866 settings was "auto". */
867 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
869 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
870 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
872 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
873 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
874 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
876 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
877 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
880 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
882 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
885 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
889 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
890 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
891 target knows about. */
892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
893 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
894 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
898 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
904 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
905 what "auto" is translating to. */
908 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
909 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
911 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
912 fprintf_filtered (file
,
913 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
914 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
916 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
918 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
922 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
923 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
924 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
927 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
929 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
930 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
932 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
935 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
938 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
939 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
940 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
943 static struct bp_location
**
944 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
946 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
947 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
948 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
950 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
951 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
953 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
954 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
955 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
956 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
957 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
959 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
960 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
963 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
964 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
965 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
966 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
973 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
976 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
977 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
979 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
981 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
983 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
987 struct bp_location
*loc
;
989 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
993 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
994 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
995 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1002 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1006 const char *arg
= exp
;
1008 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1009 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1010 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1011 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1013 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1015 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1017 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1019 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1021 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1022 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1026 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1028 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1032 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1033 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1035 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1039 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1041 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1044 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1047 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1048 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1052 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1053 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1062 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1063 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1065 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1068 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1069 len
= strlen (text
);
1075 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1077 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1078 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1084 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1085 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1086 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1089 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1092 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1094 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1099 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1102 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1104 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1107 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1109 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1110 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1111 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1112 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1113 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1115 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1117 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1118 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1119 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1121 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1123 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1124 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1129 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1132 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1133 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1134 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1137 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1139 struct command_line
*c
;
1141 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1145 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1146 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1147 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1150 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1152 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1153 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1154 command directly. */
1155 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1156 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1158 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1159 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1163 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1166 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1168 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1169 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1170 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1174 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1176 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1179 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1180 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1184 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1185 struct command_line
*commands
)
1187 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1189 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1190 struct command_line
*c
;
1191 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1193 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1194 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1198 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1199 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1200 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1201 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1202 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1203 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1204 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1205 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1206 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1207 tracepoint's context. */
1208 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1210 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1212 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1213 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1214 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1215 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1217 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1220 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1221 "can be used only once"));
1226 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1230 struct command_line
*c2
;
1232 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1233 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1234 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1236 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1237 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1243 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1247 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1248 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1251 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1253 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1254 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1255 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1258 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1260 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1261 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1262 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1268 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1269 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1272 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1273 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1275 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1277 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1278 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1279 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1282 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1283 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1287 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1289 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1292 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1296 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1297 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1300 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1302 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1305 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1306 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1309 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1310 breakpoint work for any task. */
1313 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1315 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1318 if (old_task
!= task
)
1319 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1323 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1325 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1327 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1330 /* A structure used to pass information through
1331 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1333 struct commands_info
1335 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1338 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1341 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1342 already-parsed command. */
1343 struct command_line
*control
;
1345 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1347 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1350 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1351 commands_command. */
1354 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1356 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1358 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1362 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1363 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1366 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1369 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1370 "%s, one per line."),
1373 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1375 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1378 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1381 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1384 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1387 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1389 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1391 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1392 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1393 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1394 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1395 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1400 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1401 struct command_line
*control
)
1403 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1404 struct commands_info info
;
1406 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1407 info
.control
= control
;
1409 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1410 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1411 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1413 std::string new_arg
;
1415 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1417 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1418 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1420 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1421 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1426 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1428 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1430 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1431 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1433 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1437 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1439 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1442 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1443 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1445 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1446 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1447 enum command_control_type
1448 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1450 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1451 return simple_control
;
1454 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1457 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1459 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1463 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1464 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1469 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1470 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1473 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1474 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1475 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1478 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1479 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1480 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1481 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1482 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1484 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1485 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1489 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1490 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1492 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1496 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1498 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1499 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1501 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1503 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1508 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1510 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1515 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1516 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1518 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1519 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1520 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1524 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1526 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1527 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1530 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1532 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1533 shadow_contents buffer. */
1534 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1535 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1536 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1538 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1540 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1541 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1545 const unsigned char *bp
;
1546 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1549 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1550 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1551 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1553 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1555 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1557 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1558 breakpoint's INSN. */
1559 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1563 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1564 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1566 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1567 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1568 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1570 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1571 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1572 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1573 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1574 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1575 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1576 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1577 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1579 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1582 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1583 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1584 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1586 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1588 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1590 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1591 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1592 report higher one. */
1595 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1596 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1598 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1600 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1601 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1603 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1604 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1605 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1606 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1608 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1609 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1610 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1612 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1614 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1621 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1622 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1623 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1624 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1625 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1628 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1630 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1631 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1632 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1635 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1638 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1640 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1642 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1644 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1645 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1646 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1649 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1652 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1653 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1654 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1657 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1660 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1661 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1667 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1671 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1673 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1674 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1675 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1678 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1681 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1683 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1684 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1685 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1688 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1692 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1694 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1695 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1698 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1699 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1700 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1701 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1702 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1703 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1704 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1705 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1708 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1710 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1711 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1712 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1713 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1716 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1717 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1720 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1722 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1724 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1726 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1727 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1728 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1729 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1730 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1732 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1735 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1738 static struct value
*
1739 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1741 struct value
*bit_val
;
1746 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1748 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1751 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1758 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1759 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1760 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1761 to be able to report stops. */
1764 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1765 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1767 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1769 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1770 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1771 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1772 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1775 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1776 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1779 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1781 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1783 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1784 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1785 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1788 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1789 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1790 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1791 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1793 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1795 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1796 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1799 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1800 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1801 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1802 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1803 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1804 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1805 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1806 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1808 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1809 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1810 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1811 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1812 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1813 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1814 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1815 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1818 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1819 hardware watchpoints:
1821 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1822 called several times when GDB stops.
1825 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1826 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1827 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1828 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1829 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1830 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1831 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1832 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1833 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1834 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1835 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1837 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1838 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1841 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1843 int within_current_scope
;
1844 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1847 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1848 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1849 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1850 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1853 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1858 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1859 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1860 within_current_scope
= 1;
1863 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1864 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1865 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1867 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1868 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1869 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1870 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1871 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1874 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1875 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1876 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1877 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1880 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1882 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1883 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1884 if (within_current_scope
)
1888 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1889 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1890 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1893 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1898 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1899 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1900 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1901 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1902 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1903 be completely different objects. */
1904 value_free (b
->val
);
1908 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1909 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1910 locations (re)created below. */
1911 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1913 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1915 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1916 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1920 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1921 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1922 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1923 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1924 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1925 if (!target_has_execution
)
1927 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1928 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1929 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1930 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1932 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1933 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1935 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1936 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1939 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1942 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1943 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1945 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1947 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1948 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1949 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1950 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1951 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1953 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1955 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1957 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1965 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1967 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1968 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1970 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1971 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1972 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1973 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1974 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1975 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1976 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1978 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1980 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1981 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1982 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1984 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1985 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1988 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1989 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1990 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1992 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1994 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1996 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1997 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1999 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2001 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2002 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2003 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2004 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2005 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2008 addr
= value_address (v
);
2011 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2016 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2018 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2021 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2022 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2025 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2027 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2028 loc
->address
= addr
;
2032 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2033 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2036 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2038 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2043 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2044 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2045 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2050 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2051 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2053 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2057 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2060 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2061 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2062 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2064 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2065 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2066 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2067 this watchpoint in as well. */
2069 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2070 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2071 hardware watchpoint type. */
2072 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2073 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2074 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2076 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2077 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2078 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2079 through watch_command), so always account for it
2082 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2083 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2085 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2086 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2089 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2090 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2092 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2094 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2095 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2096 "hardware watchpoint."));
2097 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2098 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2099 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2101 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2102 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2106 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2107 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2108 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2110 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2113 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2115 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2116 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2117 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2119 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2120 "read/access watchpoint."));
2123 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2125 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2126 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2127 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2128 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2131 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2133 next
= value_next (v
);
2138 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2139 above left it without any location set up. But,
2140 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2141 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2142 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2143 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2145 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2147 printf_filtered (_("\
2148 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2149 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2151 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2154 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2156 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2160 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2161 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2162 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2163 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2164 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2166 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2168 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2171 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2174 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2177 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2180 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2181 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2182 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2183 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2184 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2185 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2186 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2187 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2188 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2191 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2192 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2193 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2195 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2196 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2197 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2199 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2200 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2201 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2202 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2203 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2204 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2205 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2206 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2207 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2211 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2212 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2213 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2214 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2219 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2220 instruction that triggered one. */
2221 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2222 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2226 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2227 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2228 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2229 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2238 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2239 that the location is not duplicated. */
2242 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2245 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2248 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2249 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2253 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2254 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2255 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2256 any error during parsing. */
2258 static agent_expr_up
2259 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2264 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2266 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2267 that may show up. */
2270 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2273 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2275 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2276 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2277 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2281 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2285 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2286 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2287 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2288 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2289 one of them is true. */
2292 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2294 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2295 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2296 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2297 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2299 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2300 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2302 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2303 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2304 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2306 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2307 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2310 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2311 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2312 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2313 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2314 response back to GDB. */
2315 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2318 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2322 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2323 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2324 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2325 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2326 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2330 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2331 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2332 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2334 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2340 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2341 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2342 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2344 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2345 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2346 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2351 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2353 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2355 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2358 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2363 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2364 for this location's address. */
2365 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2369 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2370 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2371 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2374 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2375 to send the conditions to the target. */
2376 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2383 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2384 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2385 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2387 static agent_expr_up
2388 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2390 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2391 struct expression
**argvec
;
2392 const char *cmdrest
;
2393 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2394 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2396 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2403 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2405 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2407 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2408 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2410 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2412 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2414 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2416 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2418 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2419 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2421 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2423 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2424 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2426 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2428 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2430 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2432 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2433 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2436 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2441 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2442 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2444 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2448 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2450 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2451 that may show up. */
2454 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2455 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2456 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2458 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2460 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2461 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2462 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2466 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2468 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2472 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2473 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2474 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2477 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2479 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2480 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2481 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2482 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2484 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2485 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2487 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2490 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2491 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2494 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2495 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2496 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2498 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2501 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2502 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2503 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2507 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2508 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2509 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2510 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2511 response back to GDB. */
2512 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2515 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2519 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2520 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2521 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2522 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2524 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2525 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2528 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2529 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2530 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2532 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2538 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2540 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2545 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2546 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2548 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2550 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2553 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2558 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2559 for this location's address. */
2560 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2563 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2564 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2565 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2566 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2569 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2570 to send the commands to the target. */
2571 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2575 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2576 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2577 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2578 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2581 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2582 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2583 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2587 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2589 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2591 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2592 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2594 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2596 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2600 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2603 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2604 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2605 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2606 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2609 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2610 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2612 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2613 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2614 int *disabled_breaks
,
2615 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2616 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2618 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2619 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2621 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2624 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2625 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2626 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2627 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2628 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2629 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2630 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2631 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2632 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2633 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2634 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2635 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2637 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2638 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2639 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2640 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2642 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2644 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2645 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2646 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2647 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2650 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2651 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2653 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2655 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2656 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2657 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2659 Two important cases are:
2660 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2661 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2662 hardware breakpoint.
2663 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2664 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2665 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2668 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2669 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2670 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2671 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2673 struct mem_region
*mr
2674 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2678 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2680 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2682 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2683 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2685 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2687 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2689 static int said
= 0;
2691 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2694 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2695 _("Note: automatically using "
2696 "hardware breakpoints for "
2697 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2702 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2703 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2705 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2706 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2707 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2708 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2710 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2716 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2717 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2718 || bl
->section
== NULL
2719 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2721 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2726 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2728 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2730 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2733 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2739 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2740 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2741 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2743 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2744 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2745 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2746 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2747 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2751 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2753 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2754 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2755 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2757 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2762 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2763 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2764 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2765 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2766 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2768 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2770 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2773 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2777 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2778 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2779 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2780 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2784 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2785 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2787 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2792 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2794 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2796 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2799 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2805 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2806 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2811 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2813 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2815 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2816 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2817 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2818 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2819 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2820 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2821 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2822 errors as memory errors. */
2823 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2824 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2825 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2826 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2829 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2830 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2831 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2832 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2834 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2835 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2837 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2838 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2839 "library breakpoints:\n");
2841 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2842 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2843 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2848 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2850 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2851 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2852 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2853 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2854 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2855 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2856 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2860 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2863 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2864 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2865 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2867 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2868 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2870 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2871 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2875 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2876 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2891 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2892 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2893 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2894 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2898 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2899 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2901 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2903 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2904 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2905 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2907 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2909 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2910 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2914 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2915 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2919 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2920 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2927 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2928 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2931 /* Back to the original value. */
2932 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2936 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2939 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2943 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2944 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2946 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2949 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2953 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2954 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2956 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2959 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2961 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2962 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2963 so just return success. */
2970 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2971 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2975 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2977 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2978 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2980 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2981 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2983 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2984 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2987 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2988 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2989 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2991 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2993 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2995 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2996 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2997 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2999 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3000 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3002 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3008 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3009 removed locations above. */
3010 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3013 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3014 Throws exception on any error.
3015 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3016 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3018 insert_breakpoints (void)
3020 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3022 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3023 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3025 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3027 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3030 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3031 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3032 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3033 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3036 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3039 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3041 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3043 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3045 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3049 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3050 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3051 always-inserted mode. */
3054 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3056 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3059 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3060 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3061 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3063 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3065 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3066 there was an error. */
3067 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3069 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3073 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3075 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3078 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3079 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3080 deletion of breakpoints. */
3081 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3084 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3086 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3087 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3088 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3089 insert breakpoints. */
3090 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3091 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3094 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3095 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3102 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3103 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3107 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3110 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3112 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3113 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3116 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3117 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3118 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3120 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3122 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3123 there was an error. */
3124 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3126 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3128 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3130 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3133 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3134 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3135 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3136 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3137 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3140 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3142 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3143 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3144 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3145 insert breakpoints. */
3146 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3147 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3150 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3151 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3156 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3157 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3160 int some_failed
= 0;
3161 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3163 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3166 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3169 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3172 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3173 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3180 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3182 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3184 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3185 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3186 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3194 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3195 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3196 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3198 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3199 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3201 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3202 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3206 /* Used when the program stops.
3207 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3208 removing a breakpoint location. */
3211 remove_breakpoints (void)
3213 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3216 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3218 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3219 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3224 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3228 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3230 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3234 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3236 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3238 printf_filtered (_("\
3239 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3240 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3242 /* Hide it from the user. */
3248 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3251 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3253 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3255 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3257 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3259 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3262 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3264 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3273 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3275 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3276 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3278 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3279 struct inferior
*inf
;
3280 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3282 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3286 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3287 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3289 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3291 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3295 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3301 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3304 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3309 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3313 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3315 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3316 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3317 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3318 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3319 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3320 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3322 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3325 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3328 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3329 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3333 static struct breakpoint
*
3334 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3335 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3336 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3338 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3339 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3341 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3344 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3345 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3347 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3348 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3349 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3354 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3356 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3358 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3360 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3361 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3363 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3364 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3366 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3367 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3369 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3370 int longjmp_searched
;
3372 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3373 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3375 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3376 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3378 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3379 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3381 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3382 int exception_searched
;
3384 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3385 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3388 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3390 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3391 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3393 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3396 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3398 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3401 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3402 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3404 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3405 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3407 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3409 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3410 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3411 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3414 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3416 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3417 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3419 return bp_objfile_data
;
3423 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3425 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3426 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3428 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3429 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3433 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3435 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3436 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3438 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3440 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3441 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3443 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3445 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3447 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3450 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3452 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3454 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3455 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3457 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3458 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3461 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3464 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3465 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3467 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3468 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3469 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3470 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3472 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3474 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3475 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3479 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3480 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3486 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3488 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3490 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3492 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3494 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3496 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3498 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3501 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3502 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3504 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3506 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3508 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3512 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3515 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3516 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3518 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3520 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3521 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3522 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3526 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3527 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3530 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3533 struct probe
*probe
;
3534 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3537 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3538 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3542 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3544 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3545 get_probe_address (probe
,
3548 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3549 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3550 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3556 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3559 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3561 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3562 const char *func_name
;
3564 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3566 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3569 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3570 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3572 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3574 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3575 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3577 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3578 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3581 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3584 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3585 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3586 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3587 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3588 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3589 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3590 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3596 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3598 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3600 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3601 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3603 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3605 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3607 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3610 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3612 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3614 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3615 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3616 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3618 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3620 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3623 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3625 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3627 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3628 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3629 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3631 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3632 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3635 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3638 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3639 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3640 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3641 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3642 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3643 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3644 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3645 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3650 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3653 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3655 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3656 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3658 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3660 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3661 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3662 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3664 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3666 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3668 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3669 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3673 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3677 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3678 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3680 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3682 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3683 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3684 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3688 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3689 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3692 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3694 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3696 struct probe
*probe
;
3699 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3700 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3704 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3706 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3707 get_probe_address (probe
,
3709 bp_exception_master
,
3710 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3711 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3712 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3718 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3720 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3723 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3725 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3727 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3729 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3730 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3732 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3736 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3739 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3740 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3742 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3743 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3744 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3745 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3746 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3747 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3751 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3754 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3756 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3760 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3762 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3763 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3765 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3766 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3767 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3768 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3769 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3770 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3771 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3772 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3773 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3774 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3775 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3779 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3782 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3783 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3785 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3789 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3790 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3792 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3796 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3797 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3798 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3799 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3800 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3802 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3806 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3807 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3809 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3813 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3814 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3816 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3820 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3822 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3823 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3824 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3826 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3830 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3832 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3833 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3834 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3835 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3839 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3840 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3841 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3842 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3843 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3844 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3846 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3847 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3848 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3849 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3850 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3851 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3852 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3854 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3855 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3856 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3857 let finish_command delete it.
3859 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3860 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3861 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3862 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3863 solib breakpoints.) */
3865 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3870 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3871 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3873 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3875 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3882 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3884 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3886 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3887 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3889 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3890 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3892 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3893 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3894 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3896 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3899 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3900 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3901 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3902 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3903 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3904 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3905 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3909 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3912 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3916 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3917 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3918 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3919 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3920 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3923 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3927 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3928 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3930 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3931 This should not ever happen. */
3932 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3934 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3935 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3937 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3938 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3939 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3941 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3942 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3943 || bl
->section
== NULL
3944 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3946 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3948 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3949 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3950 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3951 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3952 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3953 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3954 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3955 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3956 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3957 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3958 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3959 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3960 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3961 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3962 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3963 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3964 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3965 they should always be removed. */
3966 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3967 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3968 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3971 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3975 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3976 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3977 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3979 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3980 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3982 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3983 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3984 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3985 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3986 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3988 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3989 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3992 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3993 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3996 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3997 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3998 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3999 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4001 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4002 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4003 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4004 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4005 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4006 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4012 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4017 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4018 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4019 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4020 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4021 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4022 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4023 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4024 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4025 always-inserted mode. */
4027 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4028 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4029 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4030 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4036 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4038 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4040 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4041 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4043 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4044 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4046 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4047 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4048 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4051 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4052 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4055 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4056 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4058 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4062 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4069 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4071 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4072 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4074 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4075 This should not ever happen. */
4076 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4078 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4080 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4082 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4085 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4088 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4090 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4092 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4093 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4097 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4098 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4100 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4103 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4104 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4105 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4110 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4112 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4113 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4115 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4117 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4119 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4122 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4124 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4126 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4132 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4134 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4135 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4138 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4140 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4142 case bp_shlib_event
:
4144 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4145 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4146 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4147 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4148 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4150 (gdb) file prog-linux
4151 (gdb) run # native linux target
4154 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4155 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4158 case bp_step_resume
:
4160 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4162 case bp_single_step
:
4164 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4166 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4170 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4171 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4172 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4174 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4176 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4177 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4178 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4181 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4182 valid. New ones will be created in
4183 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4184 The next update_global_location_list call will
4185 garbage collect them. */
4188 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4190 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4191 insert_breakpoints. */
4193 value_free (w
->val
);
4205 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4206 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4207 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4208 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4211 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4212 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4213 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4214 match, not program space. */
4216 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4217 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4218 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4219 permanent breakpoint.
4220 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4221 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4222 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4223 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4224 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4226 enum breakpoint_here
4227 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4229 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4230 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4232 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4234 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4235 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4238 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4239 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4241 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4243 if (overlay_debugging
4244 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4245 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4246 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4247 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4248 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4250 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4254 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4257 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4260 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4261 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4263 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4265 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4267 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4268 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4271 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4273 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4276 if (overlay_debugging
4277 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4278 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4280 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4291 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4294 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4296 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4299 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4300 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4306 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4310 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4311 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4314 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4317 if (overlay_debugging
4318 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4319 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4320 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4327 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4330 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4332 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4334 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4336 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4338 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4339 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4342 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4348 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4352 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4355 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4357 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4359 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4361 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4364 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4371 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4374 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4377 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4379 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4381 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4383 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4386 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4394 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4395 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4397 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4399 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4401 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4403 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4404 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4407 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4410 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4411 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4415 /* Check for intersection. */
4416 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4417 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4426 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4430 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4432 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4435 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4439 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4441 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4442 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4443 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4444 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4448 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4449 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4452 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4469 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4470 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4473 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4477 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4482 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4484 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4485 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4486 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4487 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4488 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4490 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4491 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4495 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4505 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4508 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4513 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4515 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4521 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4524 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4526 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4528 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4530 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4532 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4537 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4546 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4547 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4548 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4549 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4551 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4552 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4554 Return 1 otherwise. */
4557 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4559 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4562 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4564 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4565 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4566 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4567 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4568 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4570 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4572 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4576 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4579 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4581 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4584 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4587 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4591 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4593 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4595 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4597 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4603 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4606 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4608 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4610 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4612 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4613 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4614 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4615 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4616 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4620 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4623 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4626 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4628 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4631 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4632 or its equivalent. */
4635 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4637 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4640 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4641 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4642 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4643 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4645 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4646 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4647 bpstat of the current thread. */
4650 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4653 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4656 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4658 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4661 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4662 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4664 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4666 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4669 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4670 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4672 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4673 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4674 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4676 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4678 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4679 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4680 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4681 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4682 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4683 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4684 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4685 the tree when we're done. */
4686 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4687 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4688 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4689 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4690 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4692 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4698 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4700 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4706 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4707 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4709 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4711 if (current_ui
->async
)
4712 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4713 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4714 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4717 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4718 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4719 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4720 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4721 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4722 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4723 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4724 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4725 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4726 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4727 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4728 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4729 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4734 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4739 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4741 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4743 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4744 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4745 && target_has_execution
4746 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4747 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4748 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4749 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4750 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4751 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4752 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4755 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4758 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4761 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4764 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4767 struct value_print_options opts
;
4768 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4769 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4773 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4774 debugging multiple threads. */
4777 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4779 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4784 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4787 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4789 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4790 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4792 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4795 uiout
->text (" \"");
4796 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4800 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4804 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4805 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4806 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4807 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4810 static enum print_stop_action
4811 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4813 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4816 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4817 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4821 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4822 relevant messages. */
4823 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4826 case print_it_normal
:
4828 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4830 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4831 which has since been deleted. */
4833 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4835 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4836 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4841 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4842 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4847 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4850 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4853 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4855 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4859 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4860 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4862 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4863 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4866 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4867 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4868 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4875 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4876 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4878 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4883 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4884 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4885 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4891 struct so_list
*iter
;
4894 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4895 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4897 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4902 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4903 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4904 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4909 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4910 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4911 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4912 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4913 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4914 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4915 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4918 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4919 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4920 code to print the location. An example is
4921 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4923 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4924 to also print the location part of the message.
4925 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4926 don't require a location appended to the end.
4927 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4928 further info to be printed. */
4930 enum print_stop_action
4931 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4933 enum print_stop_action val
;
4935 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4936 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4937 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4938 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4939 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4941 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4942 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4943 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4944 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4948 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4949 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4950 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4951 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4953 print_solib_event (0);
4954 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4957 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4958 with and nothing was printed. */
4959 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4962 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4963 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4964 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4965 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4966 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4967 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4970 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4972 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4973 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4975 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4979 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4982 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4986 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4988 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4989 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4990 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4991 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4992 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4993 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4994 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4996 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5000 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5001 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5004 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5006 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5008 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5010 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5012 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5013 as not triggered. */
5015 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5017 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5019 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5025 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5027 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5028 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5030 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5032 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5034 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5040 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5041 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5045 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5047 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5048 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5050 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5051 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5053 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5055 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5056 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5058 if (newaddr
== start
)
5060 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5064 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5065 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5069 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5078 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5079 because of check_errors). */
5080 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5081 #define WP_DELETED 1
5082 /* The value has changed. */
5083 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5084 /* The value has not changed. */
5085 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5086 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5089 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5090 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5092 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5095 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5096 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5099 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5101 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5102 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5103 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5104 int within_current_scope
;
5106 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5107 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5108 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5110 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5111 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5112 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5113 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5116 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5117 within_current_scope
= 1;
5120 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5121 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5122 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5124 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5125 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5126 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5127 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5128 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5129 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5130 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5131 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5132 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5133 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5136 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5137 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5139 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5140 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5141 if (within_current_scope
)
5143 struct symbol
*function
;
5145 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5146 if (function
== NULL
5147 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5148 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5149 within_current_scope
= 0;
5152 if (within_current_scope
)
5153 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5154 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5159 if (within_current_scope
)
5161 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5162 time before we return to the command level and call
5163 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5164 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5168 struct value
*new_val
;
5170 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5171 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5172 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5173 a mask watchpoint. */
5174 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5176 mark
= value_mark ();
5177 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5179 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5180 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5182 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5183 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5184 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5185 not what we want. */
5186 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5187 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5189 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5191 release_value (new_val
);
5192 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5194 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5197 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5201 /* Nothing changed. */
5202 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5203 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5208 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5209 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5210 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5211 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5212 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5213 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5214 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5215 the first value assigned). */
5216 /* We print all the stop information in
5217 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5218 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5219 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5222 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5224 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5226 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5228 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5229 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5230 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5231 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5232 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5235 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5236 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5237 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5243 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5244 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5245 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5248 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5249 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5250 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5252 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5254 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5255 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5257 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5260 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5261 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5264 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5266 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5267 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5269 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5270 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5271 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5272 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5273 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5276 int must_check_value
= 0;
5278 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5279 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5281 must_check_value
= 1;
5282 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5283 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5284 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5286 must_check_value
= 1;
5287 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5288 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5289 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5290 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5291 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5292 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5293 must_check_value
= 1;
5295 if (must_check_value
)
5298 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5300 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5301 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5303 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5307 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5308 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5312 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5315 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5316 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5318 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5320 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5321 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5322 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5323 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5324 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5325 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5326 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5329 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5330 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5333 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5334 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5335 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5336 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5338 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5339 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5340 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5343 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5344 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5345 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5346 changes. This still gives false positives when
5347 the program writes the same value to memory as
5348 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5349 it for a read), but it's much better than
5352 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5354 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5356 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5359 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5360 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5362 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5363 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5365 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5366 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5368 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5374 if (other_write_watchpoint
5375 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5377 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5378 and the value changed since the last time we
5379 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5381 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5386 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5387 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5388 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5390 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5391 the value hasn't changed. */
5392 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5400 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5402 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5404 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5407 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5408 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5409 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5414 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5416 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5417 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5418 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5419 anything for this watchpoint. */
5420 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5426 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5427 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5428 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5429 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5432 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5434 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5435 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5436 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5437 struct expression
*cond
;
5439 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5441 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5442 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5443 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5444 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5445 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5447 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5448 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5449 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5451 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5452 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5458 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5459 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5461 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5462 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5469 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5471 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5473 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5475 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5477 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5480 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5482 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5484 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5485 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5487 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5488 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5489 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5490 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5492 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5494 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5495 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5499 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5500 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5501 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5502 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5503 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5505 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5506 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5509 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5511 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5512 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5513 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5514 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5515 really matter which instantiation of the function
5516 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5517 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5518 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5519 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5520 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5521 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5522 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5523 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5525 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5527 select_frame (frame
);
5529 within_current_scope
= 0;
5531 if (within_current_scope
)
5533 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5534 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5538 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5539 "in the current scope"));
5540 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5541 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5544 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5545 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5548 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5552 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5556 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5558 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5562 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5563 on the current target. */
5566 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5568 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5569 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5570 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5571 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5575 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5576 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5578 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5579 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5582 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5584 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5586 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5587 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5588 several reasons concurrently.)
5590 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5591 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5594 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5595 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5596 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5598 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5599 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5600 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5601 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5602 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5603 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5606 int need_remove_insert
;
5609 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5610 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5611 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5612 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5613 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5614 inferior function calls. */
5618 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5621 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5623 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5624 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5625 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5626 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5627 checked all locations already. */
5628 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5631 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5634 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5637 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5640 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5643 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5644 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5645 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5649 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5650 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5651 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5653 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5655 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5657 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5662 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5663 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5664 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5666 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5668 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5669 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5671 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5672 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5675 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5680 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5681 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5682 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5684 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5686 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5688 handle_solib_event ();
5693 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5694 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5695 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5699 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5704 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5705 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5708 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5713 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5715 /* We will stop here. */
5716 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5718 --(b
->enable_count
);
5719 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5720 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5725 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5726 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5727 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5728 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5731 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5736 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5738 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5739 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5742 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5743 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5744 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5746 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5747 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5748 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5750 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5751 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5753 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5755 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5756 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5759 if (need_remove_insert
)
5760 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5761 else if (removed_any
)
5762 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5768 handle_jit_event (void)
5770 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5771 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5774 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5776 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5777 breakpoint_re_set. */
5778 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5780 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5781 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5783 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5785 target_terminal_inferior ();
5788 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5790 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5793 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5795 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5798 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5799 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5800 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5802 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5804 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5805 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5806 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5809 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5811 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5812 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5816 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5823 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5824 case bp_single_step
:
5827 case bp_shlib_event
:
5831 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5833 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5836 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5839 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5840 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5841 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5845 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5847 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5851 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5852 This requires no further action. */
5856 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5860 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5861 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5864 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5866 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5867 case bp_exception_resume
:
5870 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5871 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5874 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5876 case bp_step_resume
:
5878 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5881 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5882 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5885 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5887 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5890 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5891 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5894 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5895 case bp_thread_event
:
5896 case bp_overlay_event
:
5897 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5898 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5899 case bp_exception_master
:
5900 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5906 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5908 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5912 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5913 This requires no further action. */
5917 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5920 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5921 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5922 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5923 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5925 case bp_std_terminate
:
5926 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5927 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5928 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5929 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5932 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5933 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5934 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5935 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5937 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5938 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5940 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5941 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5942 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5944 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5945 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5946 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5947 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5952 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5954 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5958 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5959 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5962 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5969 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5973 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5975 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5982 handle_jit_event ();
5984 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5985 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5987 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5988 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5994 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5995 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5996 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5999 bpstat_should_step (void)
6001 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6004 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6010 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6012 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6021 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6022 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6023 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6026 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6028 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6029 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6033 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6035 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6037 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6038 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6039 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6044 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6050 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6051 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6053 "host": Host evals condition.
6054 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6055 "target": Target evals condition.
6059 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6061 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6062 char host_evals
= 0;
6063 char target_evals
= 0;
6068 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6071 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6072 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6073 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6075 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6077 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6083 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6084 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6085 else if (target_evals
)
6086 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6088 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6091 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6092 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6095 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6097 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6100 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6101 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6102 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6104 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6105 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6107 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6110 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6113 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6114 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6116 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6118 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6120 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6124 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6126 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6127 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6128 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6131 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6134 uiout
->text ("in ");
6135 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6137 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6138 uiout
->text ("at ");
6140 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6141 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6144 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6145 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6147 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6153 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6155 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6159 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6160 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6161 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6162 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6163 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6164 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6166 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6170 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6174 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6175 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6176 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6179 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6180 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6186 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6188 struct ep_type_description
6191 const char *description
;
6193 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6195 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6196 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6197 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6198 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6199 {bp_until
, "until"},
6200 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6201 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6202 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6203 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6204 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6205 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6206 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6207 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6208 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6209 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6210 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6211 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6212 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6213 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6214 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6215 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6216 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6217 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6218 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6219 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6220 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6221 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6222 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6223 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6224 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6225 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6226 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6227 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6228 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6231 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6232 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6233 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6234 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6237 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6240 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6241 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6244 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6245 const char *field_name
,
6249 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6253 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6254 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6255 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6258 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6260 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6266 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6267 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6272 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6276 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6281 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6284 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6285 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6287 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6290 struct command_line
*l
;
6291 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6293 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6294 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6295 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6296 struct value_print_options opts
;
6298 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6300 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6301 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6302 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6305 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6306 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6314 if (part_of_multiple
)
6317 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6318 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6323 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6328 if (part_of_multiple
)
6329 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6331 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6335 if (part_of_multiple
)
6336 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6338 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6343 if (part_of_multiple
)
6344 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6346 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6351 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6353 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6354 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6355 make sure there's just one location. */
6356 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6357 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6363 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6364 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6368 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6369 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6370 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6372 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6374 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6375 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6376 is relatively readable). */
6377 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6378 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6380 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6385 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6386 case bp_single_step
:
6390 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6391 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6393 case bp_exception_resume
:
6394 case bp_step_resume
:
6395 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6396 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6398 case bp_std_terminate
:
6399 case bp_shlib_event
:
6400 case bp_thread_event
:
6401 case bp_overlay_event
:
6402 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6403 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6404 case bp_exception_master
:
6406 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6407 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6410 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6411 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6412 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6415 if (header_of_multiple
)
6416 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6417 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6418 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6420 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6421 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6424 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6425 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6432 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6434 struct inferior
*inf
;
6435 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6440 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6441 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6444 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6445 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6447 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6448 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6449 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6450 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6451 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6452 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6454 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6455 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6458 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6460 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6462 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6463 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6464 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6465 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6467 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6469 uiout
->text (" task ");
6470 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6476 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6477 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6479 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6482 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6483 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6485 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6486 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6490 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6493 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6494 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6496 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6497 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6499 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6500 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6501 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6502 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6503 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6506 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6507 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6508 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6513 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6515 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6516 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6517 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6518 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6521 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6523 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6528 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6532 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6533 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6534 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6535 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6536 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6538 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6539 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6540 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6541 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6542 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6544 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6548 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6549 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6550 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6554 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6557 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6558 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6559 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6562 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6563 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6564 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6565 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6568 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6569 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6570 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6571 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6572 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6574 uiout
->text ("next ");
6575 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6576 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6579 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6581 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6583 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6585 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6586 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6587 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6591 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6592 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6595 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6596 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6599 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6601 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6603 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6605 annotate_field (10);
6606 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6607 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6608 uiout
->text (" \n");
6611 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6613 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6615 annotate_field (11);
6617 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6618 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6619 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6625 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6626 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6631 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6633 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6635 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6637 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6639 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6640 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6641 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6642 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6647 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6648 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6651 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6654 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6656 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6659 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6660 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6661 locations, if any. */
6662 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6664 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6665 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6666 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6669 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6670 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6672 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6673 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6675 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6678 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6680 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6681 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6688 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6690 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6691 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6693 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6694 address to print. */
6695 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6698 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6702 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6703 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6704 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6707 return print_address_bits
;
6710 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6716 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6718 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6719 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6720 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6721 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6725 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6727 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6735 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6736 char **error_message
)
6738 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6741 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6743 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6744 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6750 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6751 internal or momentary. */
6754 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6756 return b
->number
> 0;
6759 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6762 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6764 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6767 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6768 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6769 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6770 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6771 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6772 breakpoints listed. */
6775 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6776 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6778 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6779 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6780 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6781 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6782 struct value_print_options opts
;
6783 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6784 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6785 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6787 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6789 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6790 required for address fields. */
6791 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6794 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6795 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6798 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6799 accept. Skip the others. */
6800 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6802 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6804 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6808 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6810 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6812 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6813 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6814 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6816 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6817 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6818 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6820 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6824 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6826 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6827 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6831 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6832 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6835 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6836 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6837 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6839 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6840 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6842 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6843 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6845 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6846 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6848 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6849 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6851 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6853 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6854 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6856 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6858 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6860 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6861 uiout
->table_body ();
6862 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6863 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6868 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6869 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6872 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6873 accept. Skip the others. */
6875 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6877 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6879 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6882 else /* all others */
6884 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6888 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6890 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6891 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6894 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6896 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6898 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6902 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6903 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6905 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6911 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6912 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6915 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6916 there have been breakpoints? */
6917 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6919 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6922 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6923 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6926 default_collect_info (void)
6928 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6930 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6931 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6933 if (!*default_collect
)
6936 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6938 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6939 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6940 uiout
->text (" \n");
6944 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6946 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6948 default_collect_info ();
6952 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6954 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6955 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6957 if (num_printed
== 0)
6959 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6960 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6962 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6967 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6969 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6971 default_collect_info ();
6975 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6976 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6977 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6979 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6981 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6983 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6984 && bl
->address
== pc
6985 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6991 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6992 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6996 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6997 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6998 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7001 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7004 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7005 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7009 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7010 else /* if (others == ???) */
7011 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7013 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7016 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7017 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7018 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7019 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7020 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7021 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7022 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7023 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7027 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7029 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7030 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7031 printf_filtered (".\n");
7036 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7037 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7038 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7039 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7041 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7042 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7043 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7044 breakpoint location at address zero:
7052 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7054 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7056 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7059 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7060 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7063 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7064 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7066 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7067 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7069 /* Both of them must exist. */
7070 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7071 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7073 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7074 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7075 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7076 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7077 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7078 other watchpoint. */
7080 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7082 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7083 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7085 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7087 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7088 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7091 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7092 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7093 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7094 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7095 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7096 become hw_access locations later. */
7097 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7098 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7099 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7100 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7103 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7106 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7107 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7109 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7110 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7114 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7115 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7116 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7117 space doesn't really matter. */
7120 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7121 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7124 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7125 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7126 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7129 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7130 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7131 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7132 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7135 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7136 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7139 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7142 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7143 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7147 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7148 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7149 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7150 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7151 doesn't really matter. */
7154 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7155 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7156 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7158 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7159 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7161 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7163 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7169 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7170 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7171 true, otherwise returns false. */
7174 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7175 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7177 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7178 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7179 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7180 different locations. */
7181 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7186 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7187 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7188 represent the same location. */
7191 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7192 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7194 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7196 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7197 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7198 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7200 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7201 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7203 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7206 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7207 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7208 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7210 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7211 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7212 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7213 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7217 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7218 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7220 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7221 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7225 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7226 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7228 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7229 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7231 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7234 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7235 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7236 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7237 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7240 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7241 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7243 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7245 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7248 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7249 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7250 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7251 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7252 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7254 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7255 have their addresses modified. */
7258 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7260 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7261 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7262 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7263 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7264 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7265 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7270 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7272 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7273 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7274 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7276 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7277 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7279 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7280 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7282 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7286 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
7288 bp_location
*loc
= this;
7290 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7294 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7295 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7298 switch (owner
->type
)
7301 case bp_single_step
:
7305 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7306 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7308 case bp_exception_resume
:
7309 case bp_step_resume
:
7310 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7311 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7313 case bp_std_terminate
:
7314 case bp_shlib_event
:
7315 case bp_thread_event
:
7316 case bp_overlay_event
:
7318 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7319 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7320 case bp_exception_master
:
7321 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7322 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7324 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7325 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7327 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7328 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7329 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7331 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7332 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7333 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7334 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7339 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7340 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7341 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7344 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7350 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7352 static struct bp_location
*
7353 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7355 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7359 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7361 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7365 /* Increment reference count. */
7368 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7373 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7374 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7377 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7379 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7381 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7382 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7386 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7389 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7391 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7393 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7394 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7396 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7398 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7407 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7410 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7411 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7413 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7415 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7419 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7420 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7421 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7422 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7425 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7426 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7428 static struct breakpoint
*
7429 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7431 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7433 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7435 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7436 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7440 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7441 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7445 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7447 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7449 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7450 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7451 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7454 const char *function_name
;
7455 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7457 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7458 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7460 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7462 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7464 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7465 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7466 &loc
->requested_address
))
7468 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7469 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7470 loc
->requested_address
,
7473 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7474 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7476 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7477 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7478 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7479 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7481 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7486 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7490 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7492 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7495 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7497 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7502 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7503 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7504 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7506 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7507 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7508 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7511 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7512 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7513 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7515 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7517 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7519 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7520 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7522 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7523 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7525 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7526 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7529 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7530 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7531 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7532 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7533 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7534 is also returned as the value of this function.
7536 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7537 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7538 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7539 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7540 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7541 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7542 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7545 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7546 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7547 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7549 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7551 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7552 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7556 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7557 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7558 initiated the operation. */
7561 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7563 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7564 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7566 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7567 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7568 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7569 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7571 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7572 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7573 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7575 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7576 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7578 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7579 after their removal. */
7580 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7581 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7582 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7585 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7588 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7590 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7592 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7594 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7595 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7597 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7598 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7603 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7605 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7607 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7608 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7610 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7611 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7615 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7616 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7617 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7621 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7623 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7626 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7628 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7630 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7631 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7633 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7635 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7637 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7640 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7641 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7642 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7643 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7649 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7650 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7653 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7654 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7658 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7660 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7663 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7665 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7667 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7668 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7669 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7670 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7673 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7675 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7677 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7678 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7679 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7681 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7686 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7688 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7691 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7693 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7694 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7695 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7700 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7702 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7705 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7707 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7708 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7709 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7713 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7714 master breakpoint. */
7716 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7718 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7721 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7722 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7724 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7725 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7729 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7731 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7733 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7735 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7736 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7737 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7741 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7743 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7745 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7746 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7748 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7749 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7750 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7752 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7757 struct lang_and_radix
7763 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7766 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7768 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7769 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7772 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7775 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7777 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7779 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7780 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7781 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7782 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7786 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7788 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7791 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7792 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7793 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7796 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7799 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7801 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7803 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7804 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7805 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7806 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7809 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7810 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7811 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7813 static struct breakpoint
*
7814 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7815 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7817 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7819 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7820 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7821 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7826 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7828 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7831 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7834 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7836 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7838 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7840 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7841 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7843 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7849 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7850 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7853 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7855 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7857 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7859 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7860 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7862 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7863 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7864 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7865 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7866 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7867 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7868 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7869 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7870 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7871 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7872 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7873 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7876 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7881 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7882 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7883 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7886 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7888 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7889 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7893 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7894 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7896 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7897 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7898 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7899 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7900 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7901 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7902 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7903 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7904 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7906 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7907 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7908 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7909 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7912 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7913 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7915 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7917 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7918 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7919 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7922 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7927 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7928 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7929 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7932 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7934 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7936 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7939 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7940 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7941 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7942 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7943 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7944 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7945 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7946 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7947 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7948 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7950 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7951 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7956 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7957 int bp_modified
= 0;
7959 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7962 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7964 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7966 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7967 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7970 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7973 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7976 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7977 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7980 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7982 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7983 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7984 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7985 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7986 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7989 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7996 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8000 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8002 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8003 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8004 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8005 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8006 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8008 struct fork_catchpoint
8010 /* The base class. */
8011 struct breakpoint base
;
8013 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8014 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8015 catchpoint has triggered. */
8016 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8019 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8023 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8025 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8028 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8032 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8034 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8037 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8041 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8042 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8043 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8045 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8047 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8050 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8054 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8057 static enum print_stop_action
8058 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8060 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8061 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8062 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8064 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8065 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8066 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8067 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8069 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8070 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8072 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8073 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8075 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8076 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8077 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8078 uiout
->text ("), ");
8079 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8082 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8086 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8088 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8089 struct value_print_options opts
;
8090 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8092 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8094 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8095 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8097 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8098 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8100 uiout
->text ("fork");
8101 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8103 uiout
->text (", process ");
8104 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8108 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8109 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8112 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8116 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8118 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8121 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8125 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8127 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8128 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8131 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8133 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8135 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8139 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8141 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8144 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8148 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8150 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8153 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8157 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8158 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8159 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8161 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8163 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8166 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8170 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8173 static enum print_stop_action
8174 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8176 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8177 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8178 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8180 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8181 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8182 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8183 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8185 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8186 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8188 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8189 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8191 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8192 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8193 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8194 uiout
->text ("), ");
8195 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8198 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8202 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8204 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8205 struct value_print_options opts
;
8206 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8208 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8209 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8210 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8212 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8213 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8215 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8216 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8218 uiout
->text (", process ");
8219 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8223 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8224 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8227 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8231 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8233 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8236 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8240 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8242 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8243 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8246 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8248 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8250 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8251 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8252 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8253 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8254 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8256 struct solib_catchpoint
8258 /* The base class. */
8259 struct breakpoint base
;
8261 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8262 unsigned char is_load
;
8264 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8265 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8271 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8273 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8276 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8277 xfree (self
->regex
);
8279 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8283 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8289 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8295 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8296 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8298 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8300 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8301 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8303 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8306 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8308 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8310 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8313 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8316 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8319 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8321 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8330 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8332 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8333 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8338 struct so_list
*iter
;
8341 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8346 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8355 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8360 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8366 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8369 static enum print_stop_action
8370 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8372 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8373 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8375 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8376 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8377 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8378 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8380 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8381 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8383 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8384 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8385 print_solib_event (1);
8386 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8390 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8392 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8393 struct value_print_options opts
;
8394 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8397 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8398 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8399 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8401 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8404 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8411 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8413 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8418 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8420 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8422 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8425 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8426 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8430 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8432 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8434 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8435 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8439 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8441 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8444 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8445 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8448 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8451 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8453 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8454 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8455 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8456 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8457 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8458 created in an enabled state. */
8461 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8463 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8464 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8465 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8469 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
8471 c
= new solib_catchpoint ();
8472 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8478 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8481 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8483 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8484 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8486 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8489 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8490 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8491 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8493 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8495 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8496 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8499 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8503 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8504 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8507 const int enabled
= 1;
8509 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8511 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8515 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8516 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8518 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8522 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8523 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8525 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8528 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8529 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8530 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8531 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8534 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8535 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8536 const char *cond_string
,
8537 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8539 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8542 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8544 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8546 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8547 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8551 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8553 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8554 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8555 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8556 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8559 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8562 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8566 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8567 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8568 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8570 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= new fork_catchpoint ();
8572 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8574 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8576 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8579 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8581 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8582 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8583 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8584 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8585 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8587 struct exec_catchpoint
8589 /* The base class. */
8590 struct breakpoint base
;
8592 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8593 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8595 char *exec_pathname
;
8598 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8602 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8604 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8606 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8608 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8612 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8614 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8618 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8620 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8624 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8625 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8626 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8628 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8630 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8633 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8637 static enum print_stop_action
8638 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8640 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8641 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8642 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8644 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8645 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8646 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8647 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8649 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8650 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8652 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8653 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8655 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8656 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8657 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8658 uiout
->text ("), ");
8660 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8664 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8666 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8667 struct value_print_options opts
;
8668 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8670 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8672 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8673 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8674 is relatively readable). */
8675 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8676 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8678 uiout
->text ("exec");
8679 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8681 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8682 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8683 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8686 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8687 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8691 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8693 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8696 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8700 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8702 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8703 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8706 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8709 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8712 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8713 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8717 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8718 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8720 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8722 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8729 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8733 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8736 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8738 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8741 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8743 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8745 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8751 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8752 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8753 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8754 types _not_ TYPE. */
8757 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8758 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8761 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8763 *other_type_used
= 0;
8768 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8771 if (b
->type
== type
)
8772 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8773 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8774 *other_type_used
= 1;
8781 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8783 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8787 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8789 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8790 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8796 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8798 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8802 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8804 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8805 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8811 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8813 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8814 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8818 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8820 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8821 breakpoint_re_set ();
8824 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8827 static struct breakpoint
*
8828 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8830 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
8832 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8833 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8835 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8836 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8839 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8841 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8846 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8847 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8851 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8852 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8854 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8856 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8858 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8860 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8861 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8862 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8863 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8865 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8866 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8868 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8869 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8871 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8876 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8877 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8878 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8880 static struct breakpoint
*
8881 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8883 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8886 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8888 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8889 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8890 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8892 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8893 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8894 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8895 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8896 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8897 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8898 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8899 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8900 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8901 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8902 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8903 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8905 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8906 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8907 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8909 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8913 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8917 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8919 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8923 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8927 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8930 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8932 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8934 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8935 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8937 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8941 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8944 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8946 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8947 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8949 printf_filtered ("\n");
8953 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8955 static struct bp_location
*
8956 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8957 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8959 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8960 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8961 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8963 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8964 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8966 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8967 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8968 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8969 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8970 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8971 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8972 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8975 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8976 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8977 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8978 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8983 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8984 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8985 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8986 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8987 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8988 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8989 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8990 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8991 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8992 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8994 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8995 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8997 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8998 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8999 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9000 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9001 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9002 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9003 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9004 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9005 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9006 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9007 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9008 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9010 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9017 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9020 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9024 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9025 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9026 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9030 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9032 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9036 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9038 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9039 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9040 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9041 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9043 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9044 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9047 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9052 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9053 return 0 otherwise. */
9056 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9058 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9060 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9061 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9062 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9064 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9067 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9068 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9069 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9072 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9073 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9076 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9078 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9079 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9084 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9086 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9088 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9090 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9092 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9093 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9095 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9096 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9097 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9099 if (!dprintf_function
)
9100 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9102 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9103 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9108 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9112 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9114 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9115 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9118 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9119 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9123 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9124 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9126 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9127 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9129 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9131 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9132 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9133 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9134 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9135 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9137 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9141 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9142 current style settings. */
9145 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9146 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9148 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9152 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9153 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9157 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9158 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9159 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9160 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9163 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9164 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9165 event_location_up
&&location
,
9166 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9168 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9169 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9170 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9171 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9172 int display_canonical
)
9176 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9178 int target_resources_ok
;
9180 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9181 target_resources_ok
=
9182 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9184 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9185 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9186 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9187 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9190 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9192 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9194 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9195 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9199 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9201 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9203 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9204 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9209 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9213 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9214 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9215 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9216 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9217 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9219 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9220 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9222 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9224 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9225 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9227 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9229 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9230 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9232 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9236 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9238 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9240 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9241 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9243 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9245 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9247 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9249 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9250 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9252 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9254 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9257 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9258 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9265 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9266 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9272 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9274 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9275 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9277 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9280 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9281 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9282 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9284 if (b
->extra_string
)
9285 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9287 error (_("Format string required"));
9289 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9290 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9293 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9294 if (location
!= NULL
)
9295 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9297 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9302 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9303 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9304 event_location_up
&&location
,
9305 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9307 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9308 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9309 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9310 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9311 int display_canonical
)
9313 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9314 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9316 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9318 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9320 t
= new tracepoint ();
9324 b
= new breakpoint ();
9326 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9328 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9329 sals
, std::move (location
),
9330 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9332 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9334 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9336 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9338 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9341 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9342 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9343 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9344 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9345 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9346 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9347 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9348 we take just a single condition string.
9350 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9351 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9352 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9353 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9354 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9357 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9358 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9359 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9360 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9361 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9362 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9363 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9366 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9368 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9369 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9371 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9373 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9374 'break', without arguments. */
9375 event_location_up location
9376 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9377 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9378 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9380 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9381 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9382 std::move (location
),
9384 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9386 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9387 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9388 canonical
->special_display
);
9392 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9393 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9394 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9395 linespec locations).
9397 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9398 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9401 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9402 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9404 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9406 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9408 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9410 if (address
== NULL
)
9412 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9413 breakpoint address. */
9414 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9416 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9417 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9420 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9421 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9423 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9424 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9425 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9426 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9427 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9428 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9430 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9432 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9433 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9434 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9435 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9436 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9438 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9440 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9441 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9442 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9444 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9448 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9452 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9453 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9454 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9455 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9457 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9458 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9459 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9460 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9462 const char *address
= NULL
;
9464 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9465 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9469 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9470 && address
[1] != '['))
9472 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9473 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9474 get_last_displayed_line (),
9475 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9480 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9481 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9485 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9486 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9489 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9493 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9494 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9497 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9498 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9499 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9500 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9501 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9505 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9506 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9509 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9511 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9513 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9515 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9517 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9519 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9520 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9521 associated with SAL. */
9524 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9525 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9528 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9529 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9531 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9535 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9536 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9537 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9538 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9539 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9540 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9543 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9544 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9547 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9554 const char *end_tok
;
9556 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9557 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9559 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9561 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9563 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9567 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9569 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9571 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9573 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9574 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9576 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9578 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9581 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9584 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9586 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9587 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9590 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9595 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9597 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9598 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9599 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9604 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9608 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9612 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9614 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9615 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9617 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9618 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9619 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9620 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9625 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9627 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9629 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9630 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9632 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9633 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9634 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9636 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9637 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9639 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9641 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9643 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9645 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9647 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9648 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9650 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9653 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9659 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9662 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9663 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9664 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9666 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9668 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9669 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9670 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9673 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9674 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9677 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9679 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9681 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9682 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9683 extra_string
= NULL
;
9687 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9689 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9691 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9693 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9695 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9698 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9699 throw_exception (e
);
9701 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9703 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9704 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9705 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9706 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9707 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9710 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9711 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9712 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9713 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9717 throw_exception (e
);
9721 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9724 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9725 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9726 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9727 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9728 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9730 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9731 are ok for the target. */
9735 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9737 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9738 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9741 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9742 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9745 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9747 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9748 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9751 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9752 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9759 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9761 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9763 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9764 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9765 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9766 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9768 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9769 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9771 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9773 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9775 extra_string
= rest
;
9777 extra_string
= NULL
;
9781 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9782 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9783 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9785 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9788 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9789 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9791 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9794 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9795 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9799 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9800 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9801 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9802 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9803 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9807 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9809 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9811 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9813 t
= new tracepoint ();
9817 b
= new breakpoint ();
9819 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9820 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9823 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9826 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9829 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9830 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9832 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9836 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9837 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9839 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9840 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9842 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9843 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9844 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9845 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9846 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9847 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9848 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9849 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9851 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9854 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9856 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9857 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9858 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9861 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9863 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9865 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9866 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9871 /* Set a breakpoint.
9872 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9873 condition, and thread.
9874 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9875 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9879 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9881 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9882 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9883 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9885 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9887 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9889 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9890 if (location
!= NULL
9891 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9892 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9894 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9896 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9898 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9899 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9900 0 /* Ignore count */,
9901 pending_break_support
,
9909 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9912 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9916 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9918 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9919 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9920 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9923 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9924 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9925 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9926 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9929 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9931 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9932 const struct block
*b
;
9935 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9936 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9939 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9942 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9943 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9948 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9949 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9950 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9951 happen in assembly source). */
9953 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9954 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9956 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9958 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9965 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9967 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9971 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9973 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9977 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9979 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9983 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9985 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9989 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9991 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9992 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9993 stop at <line>\n"));
9997 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10001 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10003 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10005 char *argptr
= arg
;
10008 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10009 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10010 function/method name. */
10011 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10013 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10018 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10020 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10024 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10026 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10030 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10034 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10038 char *argptr
= arg
;
10041 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10042 it is probably a line number. */
10043 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10045 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10050 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10052 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10056 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10058 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10061 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10062 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10063 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10067 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10069 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10071 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10072 the next character must be ','. */
10075 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10076 error (_("Format string required"));
10079 /* Skip the comma. */
10084 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10086 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10088 0 /* Ignore count */,
10089 pending_break_support
,
10090 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10098 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10100 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10103 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10104 ranged breakpoints. */
10107 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10108 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10110 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10112 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10113 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10116 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10117 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10120 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10121 ranged breakpoints. */
10124 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10126 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10129 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10130 ranged breakpoints. */
10132 static enum print_stop_action
10133 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10135 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10136 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10137 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10139 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10141 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10142 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10144 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10146 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10148 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10149 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10151 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10152 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10154 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10155 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10156 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10158 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10159 uiout
->text (", ");
10161 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10164 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10165 ranged breakpoints. */
10168 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10169 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10171 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10172 struct value_print_options opts
;
10173 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10175 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10176 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10178 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10180 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10181 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10182 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10183 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10184 annotate_field (5);
10185 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10189 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10190 ranged breakpoints. */
10193 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10194 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10196 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10197 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10202 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10203 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10205 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10206 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10207 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10208 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10209 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10210 uiout
->text ("\n");
10213 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10214 ranged breakpoints. */
10217 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10219 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10220 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10223 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10225 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10228 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10229 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10230 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10233 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10234 ranged breakpoints. */
10237 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10239 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10240 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
10241 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
10242 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10245 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10247 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10249 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10250 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10251 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10252 last instruction of the given line. */
10255 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10259 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10260 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10261 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10268 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10270 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10272 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10279 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10282 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10284 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10285 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10286 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10288 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10289 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10290 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10291 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10293 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10294 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10295 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10297 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10298 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10299 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10301 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10302 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10304 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10305 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10306 error(_("No address range specified."));
10309 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10311 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10314 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10315 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10316 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10318 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10320 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10321 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10322 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10324 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10325 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10326 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10328 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10329 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10331 /* Parse the end location. */
10335 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10336 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10337 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10338 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10339 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10340 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10342 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10343 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10344 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10346 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10347 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10349 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10350 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10351 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10352 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10354 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10356 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10357 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10358 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10360 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10362 /* Length overflowed. */
10363 error (_("Address range too large."));
10364 else if (length
== 1)
10366 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10367 the `hbreak' command. */
10368 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10370 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10375 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10376 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10377 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10378 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10379 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10380 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10381 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10382 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10383 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10385 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10388 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10389 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10392 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10393 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10394 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10398 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10400 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10406 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10407 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10410 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10420 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10421 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10422 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10423 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10424 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10426 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10453 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10456 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10457 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10462 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10463 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10464 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10465 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10466 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10467 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10468 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10470 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10471 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10476 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10478 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10479 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10480 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10481 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10483 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10484 are always constant. */
10486 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10488 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10489 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10490 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10495 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10496 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10497 then it is not a constant. */
10506 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10509 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10511 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10513 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10514 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10515 value_free (w
->val
);
10517 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10520 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10523 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10525 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10527 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10528 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10530 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10531 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10532 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10533 are loaded and unloaded.
10535 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10536 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10537 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10538 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10539 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10540 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10542 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10543 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10544 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10545 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10547 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10548 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10550 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10551 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10552 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10555 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10558 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10560 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10561 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10563 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10564 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10567 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10570 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10572 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10573 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10575 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10576 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10580 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10581 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10582 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10584 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10585 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10587 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10588 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10589 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10590 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10591 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10592 (did not match the data address). */
10593 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10594 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10601 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10603 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10605 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10608 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10609 hardware watchpoints. */
10612 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10614 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10615 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10617 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10620 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10621 hardware watchpoints. */
10624 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10626 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10627 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10630 static enum print_stop_action
10631 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10633 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10634 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10635 enum print_stop_action result
;
10636 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10637 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10639 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10641 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10642 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10644 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10646 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10647 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10653 case bp_watchpoint
:
10654 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10655 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10656 uiout
->field_string
10657 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10659 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10660 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10661 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10662 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10663 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10664 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10665 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10666 uiout
->text ("\n");
10667 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10668 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10671 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10672 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10673 uiout
->field_string
10674 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10676 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10677 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10678 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10679 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10680 uiout
->text ("\n");
10681 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10684 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10685 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10687 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10688 uiout
->field_string
10690 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10692 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10693 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10694 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10695 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10696 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10701 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10702 uiout
->field_string
10704 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10705 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10706 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10708 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10709 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10710 uiout
->text ("\n");
10711 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10714 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10717 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10721 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10725 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10727 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10728 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10729 const char *tuple_name
;
10733 case bp_watchpoint
:
10734 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10735 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10737 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10738 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10739 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10741 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10742 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10743 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10745 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10746 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10747 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10750 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10751 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10754 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10755 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10756 uiout
->text (": ");
10757 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10760 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10764 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10766 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10770 case bp_watchpoint
:
10771 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10772 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10774 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10775 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10777 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10781 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10782 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10785 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10786 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10789 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10793 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10795 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10796 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10797 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10803 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10805 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10807 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10808 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10811 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10813 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10815 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10816 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10819 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10820 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10823 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10825 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10827 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10828 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10831 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10832 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10835 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10837 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10839 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10842 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10843 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10846 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10851 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10852 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10854 static enum print_stop_action
10855 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10857 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10858 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10860 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10861 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10863 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10864 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10869 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10870 uiout
->field_string
10871 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10874 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10875 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10876 uiout
->field_string
10877 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10880 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10881 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10882 uiout
->field_string
10884 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10887 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10888 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10892 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10893 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10894 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10895 uiout
->text ("\n");
10897 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10898 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10901 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10902 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10905 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10906 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10908 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10910 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10911 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10913 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10914 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10915 uiout
->text ("\n");
10918 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10919 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10922 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10924 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10925 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10926 const char *tuple_name
;
10930 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10931 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10932 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10934 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10935 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10936 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10938 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10939 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10940 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10943 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10944 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10947 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10948 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10949 uiout
->text (": ");
10950 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10953 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10954 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10957 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10959 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10964 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10965 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10967 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10968 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10970 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10971 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10974 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10975 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10978 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10979 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10980 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10983 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10985 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10987 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10990 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10992 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10995 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10996 hw_read: watch read,
10997 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10999 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11000 int just_location
, int internal
)
11002 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11003 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11004 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11005 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11006 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11007 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11008 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11010 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11011 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11012 enum bptype bp_type
;
11015 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11016 the hardware watchpoint. */
11018 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11019 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11021 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11023 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11024 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11026 const char *value_start
;
11028 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11030 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11031 of the arguments string. */
11032 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11034 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11035 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11038 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11039 This is the value of the parameter. */
11040 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11042 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11044 /* Skip whitespace. */
11045 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11050 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11051 This is the parameter itself. */
11052 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11055 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11057 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11059 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11060 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11061 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11062 only in a specific thread. */
11066 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11068 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11069 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11071 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11072 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11073 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11075 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11077 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11079 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11080 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11082 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11085 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11087 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11089 mark
= value_mark ();
11090 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11091 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11092 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11095 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11098 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11099 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11106 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11107 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11109 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11110 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11111 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11112 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11113 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11115 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11116 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11118 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11121 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11122 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11126 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11127 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11129 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11132 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11133 mark
= value_mark ();
11134 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11136 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11138 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11139 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11146 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11147 val
= value_addr (result
);
11148 release_value (val
);
11149 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11153 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11156 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11157 else if (ret
== -2)
11158 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11161 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11162 release_value (val
);
11164 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11165 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11167 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11168 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11170 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11171 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11172 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11174 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11175 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11176 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11181 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11183 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11185 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
11187 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
11189 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11190 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11191 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11192 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11193 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
11195 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
11197 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11199 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
11200 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
11203 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
11204 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11205 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11207 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
11210 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11212 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11213 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11215 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11216 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
11218 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11219 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
11220 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
11221 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11222 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11223 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11224 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11228 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11229 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11230 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11231 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11233 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11234 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11235 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11236 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11238 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11240 w
= new watchpoint ();
11243 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11244 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11246 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11247 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11248 b
->thread
= thread
;
11249 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11250 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11251 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11252 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11253 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11256 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11257 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11259 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11261 std::string name
= type_to_string (t
);
11263 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
.c_str (),
11264 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11266 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11267 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11269 /* The above expression is in C. */
11270 b
->language
= language_c
;
11273 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11277 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11282 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11283 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11288 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11290 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11292 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
11294 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
11295 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11299 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11300 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11303 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11305 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11306 need to act on them together. */
11307 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11308 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11311 if (!just_location
)
11312 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11316 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11317 that should be inserted. */
11318 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11320 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11322 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11323 throw_exception (e
);
11327 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11328 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11331 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11332 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11335 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11337 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11338 struct value
*head
= v
;
11340 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11341 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11344 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11345 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11346 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11347 hardware watchpoint.
11349 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11350 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11351 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11352 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11353 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11354 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11355 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11356 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11357 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11359 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11360 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11361 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11362 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11363 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11365 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11367 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11368 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11369 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11370 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11371 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11372 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11376 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11377 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11378 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11380 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11381 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11382 middle of some value chain. */
11384 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11385 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11387 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11391 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11392 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11393 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11395 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11399 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11403 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11404 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11405 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11406 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11407 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11410 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11411 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11412 return found_memory_cnt
;
11416 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11418 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11421 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11422 calls watch_command_1. */
11425 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11427 int just_location
= 0;
11430 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11431 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11433 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11437 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11441 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11443 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11447 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11449 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11453 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11455 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11459 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11461 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11465 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11467 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11471 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11472 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11475 struct until_break_fsm
11477 /* The base class. */
11478 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11480 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11483 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11484 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11486 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11488 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11491 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11492 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11493 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11494 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11495 static enum async_reply_reason
11496 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11498 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11500 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11503 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11504 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11505 NULL
, /* return_value */
11506 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11509 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11511 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11512 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11513 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11514 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11516 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11518 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11519 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11521 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11522 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11523 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11528 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11529 until(location)/advance commands. */
11532 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11533 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11535 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11537 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11538 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11539 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11540 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11541 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11542 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11547 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11548 until(location)/advance commands. */
11551 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11552 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11554 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11556 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11557 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11559 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11560 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11562 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11564 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11565 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11567 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11570 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11571 until(location)/advance commands. */
11573 static enum async_reply_reason
11574 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11576 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11580 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11582 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11583 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11584 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11585 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11586 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11587 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11588 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11589 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11590 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11592 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11593 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11595 clear_proceed_status (0);
11597 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11600 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11602 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11603 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11604 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11605 get_last_displayed_line ());
11607 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11608 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11610 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11611 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11613 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11614 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11617 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11619 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11621 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11622 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11624 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11626 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11627 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11628 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11631 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11632 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11633 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11634 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11636 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11639 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11641 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11642 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11644 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11645 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11646 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11647 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11651 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11653 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11654 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11657 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11661 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11662 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11663 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11664 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11666 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11667 only at the very same frame. */
11668 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11669 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11670 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11672 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11673 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11674 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11676 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11678 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11681 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11682 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11684 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11685 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11686 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11687 if clause in the arg string. */
11690 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11692 const char *cond_string
;
11694 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11697 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11700 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11701 condition string. */
11702 *arg
= skip_spaces_const (*arg
);
11703 cond_string
= *arg
;
11705 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11707 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11709 return cond_string
;
11712 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11713 process start/exit, etc. */
11717 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11718 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11723 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11724 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11726 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11727 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11728 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11729 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11732 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11733 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11734 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11738 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11740 /* The allowed syntax is:
11742 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11744 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11745 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11747 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11748 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11750 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11751 and enable reporting of such events. */
11754 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11755 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11756 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11757 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11759 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11760 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11761 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11762 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11765 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11771 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11772 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11774 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11775 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11776 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11778 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11780 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11784 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11786 /* The allowed syntax is:
11788 catch exec if <cond>
11790 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11791 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11793 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11794 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11796 c
= new exec_catchpoint ();
11797 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11798 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11799 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11801 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11805 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11806 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11807 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11809 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11816 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11818 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11820 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11821 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11822 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11823 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11824 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11825 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11826 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11827 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11828 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11829 enough for now, though. */
11832 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11834 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11835 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11836 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11837 language_def (language_ada
));
11838 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11842 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11844 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11849 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11851 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11854 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11857 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11859 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11860 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11861 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11862 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11864 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11866 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11869 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11873 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11876 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11879 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11881 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11882 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11885 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11886 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11888 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11892 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11893 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11894 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11895 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11900 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11901 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11902 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11904 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11905 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11906 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11907 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11908 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11909 error (_("No source file specified."));
11911 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11917 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11918 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11919 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11920 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11922 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11923 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11924 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11925 due to optimization, all in one block.
11927 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11928 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11929 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11930 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11931 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11932 to support that. */
11934 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11935 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11936 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11940 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11941 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11943 const char *sal_fullname
;
11945 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11946 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11947 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11950 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11955 1 0 <can't happen> */
11957 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11958 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11959 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11961 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11965 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11966 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11968 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11969 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11971 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11972 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11973 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11975 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11976 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11977 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11978 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11979 int line_match
= 0;
11981 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11982 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11983 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11984 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11985 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11986 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11987 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11990 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11999 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12003 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12004 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12007 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12009 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12012 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12013 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12014 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12015 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12016 compare_breakpoints
);
12017 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12018 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12022 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12027 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12028 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12031 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12032 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12034 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12037 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12040 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12041 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12044 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12046 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12049 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12050 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12051 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12054 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12056 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12058 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12059 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12060 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12062 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12066 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12067 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12071 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12072 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12073 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12074 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12075 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12076 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12079 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12081 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12082 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12084 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12085 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12087 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12088 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12091 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12092 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12093 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12095 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12096 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12097 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12099 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12100 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12101 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12103 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12104 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12105 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12107 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12110 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
12111 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12112 content of the bp_locations array. */
12115 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
12117 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12119 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12120 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12122 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12124 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12126 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12129 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12130 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12132 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12133 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12134 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12135 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12137 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12139 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12140 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12141 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12142 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12146 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12149 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12152 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12154 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12156 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12158 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12159 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12160 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12162 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12163 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12164 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12167 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12169 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12170 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12172 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12175 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12178 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12180 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12181 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12182 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12183 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12186 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12188 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12191 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12193 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12194 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12195 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12196 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12200 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12203 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12205 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12206 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12207 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12208 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12210 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12211 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12212 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12213 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12214 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12216 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12217 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12218 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12219 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12220 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12221 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12222 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12223 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12226 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12227 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12228 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12232 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12234 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12235 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12236 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12239 address
= bl
->address
;
12240 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12242 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12243 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12244 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12246 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12247 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12250 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12251 the same program space as the location
12252 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12253 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12254 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12258 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12259 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12262 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12263 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12264 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12265 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12266 that have already been marked. */
12267 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12269 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12271 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12274 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12275 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12276 locations are duplicate of which.
12278 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12279 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12283 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12286 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12287 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12288 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12289 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12290 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12291 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12293 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12294 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12295 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12296 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12297 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12299 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12300 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12301 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12302 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12304 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
12305 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12306 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
12307 unsigned old_locations_count
;
12309 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
12310 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
12311 bp_locations
= NULL
;
12312 bp_locations_count
= 0;
12313 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12315 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12316 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12317 bp_locations_count
++;
12319 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12320 locp
= bp_locations
;
12321 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12322 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12324 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12325 bp_locations_compare
);
12327 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12329 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12330 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12331 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12332 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12333 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12336 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12337 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12339 locp
= bp_locations
;
12340 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12341 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12344 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12345 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12347 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12348 not, we have to free it. */
12349 int found_object
= 0;
12350 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12351 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12354 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12355 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12356 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12357 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12361 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12362 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12365 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12366 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12367 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12369 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12370 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12371 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12373 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12374 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12377 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12381 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12382 have to go through updates again. */
12383 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12385 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12387 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12389 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12390 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12391 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12392 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12393 at certain location is not inserted. */
12395 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12397 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12400 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12402 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12403 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12404 keep_in_target
= 1;
12408 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12409 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12410 remove its target-side condition. */
12412 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12413 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12414 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12415 this one from the target. */
12417 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12418 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12421 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12422 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12425 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12427 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12429 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12430 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12431 supported, but the latter are. */
12432 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12434 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12435 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12438 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12439 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12441 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12442 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12444 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12445 keep_in_target
= 1;
12453 if (!keep_in_target
)
12455 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12457 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12458 this location on the global list, and try to
12459 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12460 reason why we will succeed next time.
12462 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12463 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12464 only after calling us. */
12465 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12466 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12467 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12475 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12476 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12478 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12479 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12480 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12481 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12482 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12483 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12484 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12485 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12486 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12487 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12488 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12489 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12490 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12491 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12494 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12495 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12497 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12498 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12499 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12500 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12501 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12502 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12503 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12504 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12505 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12506 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12507 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12508 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12509 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12512 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12513 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12514 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12515 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12517 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12518 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12519 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12520 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12521 traps we can no longer explain. */
12523 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12524 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12526 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12530 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12531 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12536 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12537 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12538 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12539 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12540 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12541 are sorted first for the same address.
12543 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12544 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12546 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12547 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12548 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12549 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12550 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12552 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12554 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12557 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12558 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12559 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12560 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12561 `struct bp_location'. */
12562 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12564 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12565 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12569 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12570 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12571 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12572 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12573 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12574 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12576 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12578 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12579 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12580 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12582 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12583 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12585 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12587 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12588 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12589 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12595 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12596 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12597 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12599 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12600 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12602 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12603 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12606 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12608 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12609 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12612 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12613 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12614 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12615 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12616 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12618 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12622 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12623 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12625 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12629 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12631 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12634 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12635 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12637 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12638 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12644 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12649 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12651 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12657 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12660 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12664 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12665 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12667 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12668 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12669 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12673 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12675 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12677 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12679 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12683 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12687 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12689 struct value_print_options opts
;
12691 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12693 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12695 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12697 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12698 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12699 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12700 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12702 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12703 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12705 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12707 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12708 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12713 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12714 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12720 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12722 printf_filtered (" at ");
12723 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12726 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12728 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12730 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12731 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12732 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12733 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12735 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12736 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12737 real situation somewhat. */
12738 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12739 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12744 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12746 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12748 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12753 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12756 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12758 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12761 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12766 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12770 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12772 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12773 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12774 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12775 xfree (self
->filter
);
12778 static struct bp_location
*
12779 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12781 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12785 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12787 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12790 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12791 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12794 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12796 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12800 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12801 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12803 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12807 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12808 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12810 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12812 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12816 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12821 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12825 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12827 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12830 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12834 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12836 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12839 static enum print_stop_action
12840 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12842 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12846 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12847 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12853 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12855 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12859 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12861 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12865 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12866 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12867 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12868 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12870 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12874 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12875 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12877 char *extra_string
,
12878 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12879 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12881 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12882 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12883 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12884 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12886 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12890 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12891 const struct event_location
*location
,
12892 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12893 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12895 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12898 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12901 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12906 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12909 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12911 /* Nothing to do. */
12914 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12916 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12917 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12918 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12919 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12920 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12921 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12922 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12923 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12924 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12925 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12927 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12928 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12929 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12930 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12931 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12932 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12933 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12934 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12937 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12940 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12942 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12943 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12945 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12946 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12950 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12954 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12956 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12958 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12959 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12961 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12962 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12964 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12968 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12970 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12971 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12973 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12977 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12978 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12979 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12981 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12982 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12985 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12989 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12990 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12991 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12998 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12999 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13000 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13002 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13003 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13005 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13006 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13007 be set at the same address. */
13011 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13015 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13017 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13022 static enum print_stop_action
13023 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13025 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13026 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13028 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13030 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13032 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13033 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13035 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13036 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13037 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13040 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13041 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13044 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
13046 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
13047 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13049 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
13050 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13051 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13053 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
13054 uiout
->text (", ");
13056 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13060 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13062 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13067 case bp_breakpoint
:
13068 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13069 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13070 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13072 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13073 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13074 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13075 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13077 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13078 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13081 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13089 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13091 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13093 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13095 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13096 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13097 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13098 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13101 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13102 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13105 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
13107 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13108 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13109 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13112 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13116 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13117 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13118 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13120 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13124 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13125 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13127 char *extra_string
,
13128 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13129 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13131 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13132 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13133 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13134 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13136 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13137 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13139 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13140 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13141 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13145 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13146 const struct event_location
*location
,
13147 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13148 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13150 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13153 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13156 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13160 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13161 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13162 case bp_overlay_event
:
13163 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13164 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13165 case bp_exception_master
:
13166 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13169 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13170 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13171 case bp_shlib_event
:
13173 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13174 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13175 case bp_thread_event
:
13181 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13183 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13185 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13186 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13187 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13188 objects (among other things). */
13189 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13190 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13196 static enum print_stop_action
13197 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13199 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13201 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13205 case bp_shlib_event
:
13206 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13207 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13208 to shlib event" message.) */
13209 print_solib_event (0);
13212 case bp_thread_event
:
13213 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13214 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13215 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13218 case bp_overlay_event
:
13219 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13220 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13223 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13224 /* These should never be enabled. */
13225 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13228 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13229 /* These should never be enabled. */
13230 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13231 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13234 case bp_exception_master
:
13235 /* These should never be enabled. */
13236 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13237 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13241 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13245 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13247 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13250 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13253 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13255 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13256 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13257 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13258 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13262 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13264 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13267 static enum print_stop_action
13268 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13270 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13274 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13276 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13279 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13281 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13282 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13285 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13287 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13290 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13292 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13295 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13298 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13300 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13304 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13306 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13307 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13316 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13317 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13319 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13320 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13321 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13325 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13329 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13330 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13331 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13333 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13335 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13337 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13338 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13342 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13343 const struct event_location
*location
,
13344 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13345 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13347 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13349 error (_("probe not found"));
13352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13355 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13357 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13361 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13362 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13363 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13365 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13371 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13372 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13374 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13375 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13377 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13379 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13380 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13381 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13382 uiout
->text ("\n");
13387 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13389 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13394 case bp_tracepoint
:
13395 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13396 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13398 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13399 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13400 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13402 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13403 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13404 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13407 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13408 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13415 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13417 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13419 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13421 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13422 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13423 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13424 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13426 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13427 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13429 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13430 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13431 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13433 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13438 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13439 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13440 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13442 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13446 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13447 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13449 char *extra_string
,
13450 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13451 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13453 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13454 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13455 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13456 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13458 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13459 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13461 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13462 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13463 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13467 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13468 const struct event_location
*location
,
13469 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13470 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13472 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13475 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13477 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13481 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13482 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13483 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13484 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13486 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13487 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13491 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13492 const struct event_location
*location
,
13493 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13494 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13496 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13497 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13500 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13502 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13505 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13507 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13509 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13510 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13512 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13513 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13514 3 - disconnect from target 1
13515 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13517 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13518 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13519 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13520 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13521 it all the time. */
13522 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13523 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13526 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13529 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13531 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13532 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13534 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13537 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13540 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13541 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13542 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13543 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13544 address are all handled. */
13547 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13549 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13550 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13551 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13553 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13554 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13555 condition not be evaluated. */
13558 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13559 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13560 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13561 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13562 commands here throws. */
13563 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13564 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13565 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13567 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13569 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13570 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13572 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13575 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13579 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13580 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13581 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13583 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13584 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13586 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13588 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13589 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13591 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13592 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13593 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13594 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13597 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13598 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13602 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13603 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13605 char *extra_string
,
13606 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13607 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13609 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13610 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13611 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13612 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13615 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13616 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13618 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13619 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13620 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13621 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13622 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13623 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13625 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13627 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13628 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13629 event_location_up location
;
13631 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13632 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13634 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13636 tp
= new tracepoint ();
13637 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13638 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13639 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13640 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13641 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13642 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13643 canonical
->special_display
);
13644 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13645 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13646 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13647 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13648 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13649 corresponds to this one */
13650 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13652 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13657 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13658 const struct event_location
*location
,
13659 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13660 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13662 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13663 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13665 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13666 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13668 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13672 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13675 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13678 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13680 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13683 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13687 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13689 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13691 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13693 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13694 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13697 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13698 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13699 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13700 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13701 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13704 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13705 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13706 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13707 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13709 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13712 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13713 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13714 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13716 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13717 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13719 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13720 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13721 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13722 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13726 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13728 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13729 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13730 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13731 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13732 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13735 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13736 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13737 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13738 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13740 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13742 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13743 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13746 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13748 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13752 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13754 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13755 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13756 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13757 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13758 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13759 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13760 commands won't work. */
13762 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13764 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13765 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13766 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13767 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13768 might be better design to have location completely
13769 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13770 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13772 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13773 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13774 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13775 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13780 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13782 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13786 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13788 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13791 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13792 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13795 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13796 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13800 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13805 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13807 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13808 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13810 if (next
== related
)
13812 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13813 function (related
, data
);
13815 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13816 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13821 function (related
, data
);
13825 while (related
!= b
);
13829 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13834 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13835 delete_breakpoint. */
13838 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13840 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13844 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13846 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13852 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13854 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13855 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13856 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13858 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13860 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13864 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13866 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13868 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13869 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13870 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13874 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13877 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13878 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13882 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13884 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13886 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13887 if ((pspace
== NULL
13888 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13889 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13890 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13895 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13896 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13897 Null names are ignored. */
13900 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13902 struct bp_location
*l
;
13903 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13904 (int (*) (const void *,
13905 const void *)) streq
,
13906 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13908 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13911 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13913 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13917 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13919 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13923 htab_delete (htab
);
13929 htab_delete (htab
);
13933 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13934 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13935 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13936 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13937 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13938 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13939 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13940 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13943 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13944 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13945 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13946 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13947 in the sources, and output a warning.
13949 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13950 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13951 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13952 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13953 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13956 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13957 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13958 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13959 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13960 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13961 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13962 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13963 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13964 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13966 static struct symtab_and_line
13967 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13969 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13970 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13975 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13977 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13979 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13980 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13982 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13984 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13985 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13986 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13991 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13993 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13995 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13996 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13998 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14001 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14003 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14005 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14006 struct symbol
*sym
;
14007 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14008 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14009 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14011 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14013 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14014 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14016 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14017 "found at previous line number"),
14018 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14022 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14024 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14025 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14026 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
14029 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14030 uiout
->text (" at ");
14032 uiout
->field_string ("file",
14033 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14036 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
14038 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14040 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
14043 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
14044 uiout
->text ("\n");
14046 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14047 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14049 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
14050 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14051 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14052 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14053 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14054 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14055 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14057 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14060 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14066 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14067 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14070 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14074 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14077 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14080 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14087 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14093 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14094 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14095 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14097 static struct bp_location
*
14098 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14100 struct bp_location head
;
14101 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14102 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14103 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14105 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14116 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14131 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14132 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14133 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14134 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14138 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14139 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14140 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14141 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14144 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14146 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14148 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14150 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14151 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14152 "multiple locations found\n"),
14157 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14158 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14159 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14160 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14161 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14162 individual locations. */
14163 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14166 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14168 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14170 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14172 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14174 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14176 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14178 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14182 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14185 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14186 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14189 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14191 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14192 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14193 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14194 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14199 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14201 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14203 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14207 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14210 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14211 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14212 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14213 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14214 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14215 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14216 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14218 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14220 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14222 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14223 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14225 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14226 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14234 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14235 if (l
->function_name
14236 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14246 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14250 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14251 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14253 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14254 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14255 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14257 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14258 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14260 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14264 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14266 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14268 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14272 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14273 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14274 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14275 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14276 state, then user already saw the message about that
14277 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14279 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14280 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14282 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14283 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14284 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14285 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14286 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14287 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14289 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14291 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14292 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14293 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14294 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14295 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14296 which approach is better. */
14297 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14298 throw_exception (e
);
14303 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14307 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14308 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14309 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14311 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14314 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14315 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14317 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14319 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14320 b
->thread
= thread
;
14324 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14325 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14327 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14330 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14331 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14341 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14342 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14346 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14349 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14350 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14351 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14352 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14354 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (), filter_pspace
, &found
);
14357 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14361 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14363 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14364 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14367 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14368 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14372 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14375 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14376 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14379 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14380 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14381 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14383 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14386 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14387 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14391 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14392 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14394 char *extra_string
,
14395 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14396 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14398 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14399 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14400 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14401 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14403 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14405 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14406 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14407 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14410 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14411 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14414 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14415 const struct event_location
*location
,
14416 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14417 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14419 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14421 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14422 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14423 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14426 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14427 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14429 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14431 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14433 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14434 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14435 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14437 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14441 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14443 static struct cleanup
*
14444 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14446 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14447 set_language (b
->language
);
14449 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14452 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14453 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14454 Unused in this case. */
14457 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14459 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14460 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14461 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14463 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14464 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14465 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14469 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14470 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14473 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14475 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14476 enum language save_language
;
14477 int save_input_radix
;
14479 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14480 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14483 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14485 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14486 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14487 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14488 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14490 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14492 /* Format possible error msg. */
14493 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14495 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14496 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14497 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14499 set_language (save_language
);
14500 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14502 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14505 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14506 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14507 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14508 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14510 /* Now we can insert. */
14511 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14514 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14516 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14517 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14519 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14521 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14523 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14524 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14526 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14527 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14528 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14530 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14534 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14535 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14536 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14539 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14541 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14547 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14549 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14551 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14552 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14557 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14561 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14562 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14564 else if (count
== 1)
14565 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14568 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14569 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14572 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14576 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14579 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14582 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14588 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14590 num
= get_number (&p
);
14592 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14594 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14596 set_ignore_count (num
,
14597 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14600 printf_filtered ("\n");
14603 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14604 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14607 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14608 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14613 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14615 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14616 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14618 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14620 while (!parser
.finished ())
14622 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14623 bool match
= false;
14625 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14628 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14633 if (b
->number
== num
)
14636 function (b
, data
);
14640 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14645 static struct bp_location
*
14646 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14648 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14652 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14653 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14658 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14660 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14663 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14668 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14669 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14672 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14674 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14678 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14681 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14687 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14688 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14689 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14692 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14694 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14695 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14696 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14697 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14700 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14702 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14703 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14705 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14706 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14708 struct bp_location
*location
;
14710 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14711 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14714 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14716 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14719 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14722 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14724 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14727 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14728 disable_breakpoint. */
14731 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14733 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14737 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14741 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14743 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14744 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14745 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14749 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14753 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14755 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14762 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14764 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14765 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14766 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14767 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14769 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14772 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14773 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14779 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14782 int target_resources_ok
;
14784 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14787 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14788 target_resources_ok
=
14789 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14791 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14792 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14793 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14794 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14797 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14799 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14800 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14804 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14806 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14807 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14808 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14810 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14812 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14813 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14820 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14822 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14823 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14825 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14826 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14828 struct bp_location
*location
;
14830 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14831 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14834 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14835 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14836 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14838 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14843 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14845 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14849 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14851 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14854 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14855 enable_breakpoint. */
14858 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14860 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14863 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14864 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14865 in stopping the inferior. */
14868 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14872 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14875 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14876 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14880 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14884 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14886 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14893 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14895 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14896 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14897 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14898 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14900 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14903 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14904 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14909 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14919 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14921 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14923 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14927 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14929 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14931 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14935 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14937 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14941 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14943 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14945 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14949 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14954 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14956 count
= get_number (&args
);
14958 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14962 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14964 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14966 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14970 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14972 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14976 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14981 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14985 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14986 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14990 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14991 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14992 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14994 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14996 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14997 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14998 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15000 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15002 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15004 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15006 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15007 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15008 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15009 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15011 value_free (wp
->val
);
15019 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15022 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15023 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15026 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15027 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15028 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15030 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15032 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15033 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15036 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15038 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15039 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15040 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15042 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15045 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
15048 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
15050 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
15051 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
15053 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
15055 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
15057 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
15058 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
15060 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
15061 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
15069 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15072 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15073 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15076 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15078 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15080 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15086 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15090 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15093 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15095 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15097 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15098 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15104 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15106 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15108 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15110 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15111 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15115 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15117 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15119 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15121 if (location
!= NULL
15122 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15123 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15125 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15127 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15129 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15131 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15132 0 /* Ignore count */,
15133 pending_break_support
,
15137 0 /* internal */, 0);
15141 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15143 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15145 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15147 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15149 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15150 0 /* Ignore count */,
15151 pending_break_support
,
15152 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15155 0 /* internal */, 0);
15158 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15161 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15163 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15164 event_location_up location
;
15165 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15167 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15168 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15169 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15171 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15172 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15176 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15177 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15180 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15182 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15184 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15185 0 /* Ignore count */,
15186 pending_break_support
,
15190 0 /* internal */, 0);
15193 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15194 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15196 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15197 static int next_cmd
;
15200 read_uploaded_action (void)
15204 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15211 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15212 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15213 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15214 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15215 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15217 struct tracepoint
*
15218 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15220 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15221 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15223 if (utp
->at_string
)
15224 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15227 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15228 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15229 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15231 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15232 "source location, using raw address"),
15234 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15235 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15238 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15239 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15240 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15241 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15244 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15246 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15248 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15249 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15251 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15252 0 /* Ignore count */,
15253 pending_break_support
,
15254 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15256 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15258 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15261 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15262 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15263 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15267 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15270 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15273 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15274 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15275 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15277 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15279 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15284 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15286 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15288 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15289 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15290 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15291 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15294 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15295 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15296 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15301 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15305 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15307 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15310 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15312 if (num_printed
== 0)
15314 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15315 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15317 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15320 default_collect_info ();
15323 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15324 Not supported by all targets. */
15326 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15328 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15331 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15332 Not supported by all targets. */
15334 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15336 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15339 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15341 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15343 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15349 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15351 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15352 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15353 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15355 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15356 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15358 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15362 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15364 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15367 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15368 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15372 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15375 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15378 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15380 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15381 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15383 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15384 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15387 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15389 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15390 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15391 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15394 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15396 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15397 unsigned int count
;
15399 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15400 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15401 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15403 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15405 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15406 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15408 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15410 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15412 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15414 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15416 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15417 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15420 else if (*args
== '\0')
15422 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15424 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15428 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15429 while (!parser
.finished ())
15431 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15433 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15438 struct tracepoint
*
15439 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15441 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15443 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15444 if (t
->number
== num
)
15445 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15450 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15451 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15454 struct tracepoint
*
15455 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15457 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15459 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15461 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15463 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15470 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15471 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15472 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15473 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15475 struct tracepoint
*
15476 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15477 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15479 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15481 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15483 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15485 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15486 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15488 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15489 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15491 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15495 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15496 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15499 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15503 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15504 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15506 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15509 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15514 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15516 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15517 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15522 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15525 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15526 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15527 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15531 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15532 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15534 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15536 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15537 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15539 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15540 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15542 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15543 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15545 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15546 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15549 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15550 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15555 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15557 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15559 /* We can stop searching. */
15566 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15570 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15571 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15575 if (!fp
.open (filename
, "w"))
15576 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15577 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15579 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15580 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15584 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15585 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15588 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15589 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15592 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15594 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15595 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15598 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15599 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15601 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15602 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15604 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15606 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15608 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15611 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15613 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15615 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15616 throw_exception (ex
);
15620 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15621 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15624 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15625 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15627 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15628 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15629 special, and not user visible. */
15630 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15632 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15635 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15637 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15641 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15642 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15645 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15646 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15649 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15652 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15654 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15657 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15660 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15662 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15665 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15667 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15668 all_tracepoints (void)
15670 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15671 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15673 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15675 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15682 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15683 locations used by several commands. */
15685 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15686 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15687 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15688 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15689 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15690 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15692 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15693 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15694 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15696 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15697 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15698 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15699 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15700 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15702 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15703 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15704 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15707 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15708 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15709 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15710 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15711 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15712 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15713 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15716 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15717 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15719 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15720 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15721 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15722 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15723 conditions are different.\n\
15725 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15727 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15728 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15730 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15731 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15734 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15735 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15736 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15737 void *user_data_catch
,
15738 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15740 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15742 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15744 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15745 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15746 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15748 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15750 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15751 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15752 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15756 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15758 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15759 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15760 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15763 struct breakpoint
*
15764 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15767 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15769 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15771 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15778 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15779 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15782 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15784 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15785 non-inline function. */
15786 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15792 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15793 have been inlined. */
15796 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15797 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15799 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15800 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15804 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15807 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15809 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15810 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15818 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15821 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15823 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15826 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15827 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15831 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15833 static int initialized
= 0;
15835 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15841 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15842 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15843 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15844 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15846 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15847 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15848 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15849 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15850 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15851 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15852 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15854 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15855 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15856 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15857 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15858 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15859 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15860 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15861 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15863 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15864 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15865 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15866 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15867 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15868 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15869 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15870 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15871 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15872 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15874 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15875 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15876 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15877 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15878 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15879 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15880 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15882 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15883 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15884 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15885 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15886 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15887 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15888 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15890 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15891 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15892 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15893 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15895 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15896 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15897 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15898 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15899 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15900 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15901 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15904 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15905 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15906 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15907 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15908 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15909 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15910 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15911 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15912 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15913 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15914 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15915 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15916 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15917 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15919 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15920 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15921 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15922 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15923 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15924 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15925 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15926 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15927 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15928 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15929 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15932 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15933 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15934 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15935 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15936 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15937 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15938 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15939 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15940 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15941 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15943 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15944 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15945 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15946 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15947 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15949 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15950 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15951 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15952 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15953 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15954 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15956 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15957 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15958 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15959 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15960 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15961 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15962 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15963 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15964 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15965 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15967 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15968 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15969 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15970 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15971 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15972 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15973 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15974 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15975 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15976 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15978 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15979 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15980 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15981 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15982 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15983 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15984 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15985 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15986 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15987 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15988 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15990 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15991 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15992 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15993 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15994 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15995 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15996 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15997 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15998 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15999 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16000 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16001 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16003 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16004 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16005 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16006 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16007 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16008 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16009 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16010 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16011 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16014 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16016 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16019 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16021 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16023 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16025 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16026 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16027 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16029 breakpoint_objfile_key
16030 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16032 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16033 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16034 before a breakpoint is set. */
16035 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16037 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16039 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16040 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16041 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16043 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16044 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
16045 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16046 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
16048 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16049 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16050 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16051 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16052 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16054 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16055 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16056 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16057 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16058 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16060 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16061 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16062 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16063 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16064 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16066 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16067 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16069 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16070 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16071 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16072 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16074 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16075 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16077 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16078 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16079 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16080 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16082 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16083 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16085 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16086 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16087 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16088 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16089 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16090 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16091 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16093 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16095 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16096 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16097 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16098 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16099 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16100 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16102 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16103 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16104 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16107 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16108 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16109 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16112 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16113 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16114 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16115 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16118 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16119 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16120 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16123 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16124 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16125 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16128 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16129 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16130 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16131 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16134 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16135 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16136 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16137 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16138 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16139 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16140 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16141 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16143 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16144 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16146 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16147 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16148 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16151 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16152 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16154 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16156 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16157 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16158 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16159 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16160 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16162 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16163 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16164 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16165 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16166 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16169 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16170 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16171 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16173 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16174 is executing in.\n"
16175 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16176 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16177 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16179 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16180 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16181 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16182 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16184 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16185 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16186 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16187 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16191 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16192 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16193 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16194 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16195 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16196 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16197 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16198 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16199 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16200 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16201 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16202 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16203 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16204 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16205 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16206 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16208 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16209 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16210 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16211 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16212 breakpoint set."));
16215 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16216 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16217 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16218 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16219 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16220 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16221 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16222 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16223 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16225 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16226 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16227 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16228 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16229 breakpoint set."));
16231 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16233 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16234 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16235 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16236 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16237 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16238 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16239 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16240 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16241 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16242 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16243 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16244 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16245 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16247 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16248 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16249 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16250 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16252 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16254 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16255 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16256 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16257 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16259 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16260 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16261 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16262 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16264 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16265 catch_fork_command_1
,
16267 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16268 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16269 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16270 catch_fork_command_1
,
16272 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16273 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16274 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16275 catch_exec_command_1
,
16279 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16280 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16281 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16282 catch_load_command_1
,
16286 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16287 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16288 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16289 catch_unload_command_1
,
16294 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16295 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16296 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16297 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16298 an expression changes.\n\
16299 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16300 the memory to which it refers."));
16301 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16303 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16304 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16305 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16306 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16307 an expression is read.\n\
16308 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16309 the memory to which it refers."));
16310 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16312 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16313 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16314 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16315 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16316 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16317 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16318 the memory to which it refers."));
16319 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16321 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16322 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16324 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16325 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16326 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16327 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16328 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16329 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16330 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16331 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16332 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16335 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16336 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16338 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16340 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16342 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16343 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16345 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16346 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16347 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16349 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16350 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16351 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16352 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16354 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16355 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16357 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16358 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16359 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16361 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16362 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16364 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16365 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16366 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16367 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16368 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16369 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16370 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16371 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16372 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16374 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16375 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16376 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16377 conditions are different.\n\
16379 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16380 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16381 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16383 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16384 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16385 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16386 last tracepoint set."));
16388 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16390 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16391 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16392 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16393 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16395 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16397 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16398 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16399 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16400 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16402 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16404 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16405 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16406 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16407 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16409 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16411 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16412 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16413 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16414 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16415 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16417 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16418 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16419 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16420 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16422 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16423 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16424 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16425 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16426 session to restore them."),
16428 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16430 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16431 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16432 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16434 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16436 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16437 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16439 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16440 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16441 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16442 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16443 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16444 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16445 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16446 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16447 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16448 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16449 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16450 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16452 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16453 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16454 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16455 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16456 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16457 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16458 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16459 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16461 show_pending_break_support
,
16462 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16463 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16465 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16467 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16468 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16469 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16470 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16471 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16472 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16473 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16475 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16476 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16477 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16479 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16480 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16481 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16482 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16483 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16484 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16485 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16486 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16487 when execution stops."),
16489 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16490 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16491 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16493 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16494 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16495 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16496 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16497 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16498 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16499 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16500 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16501 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16502 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16503 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16504 be set to \"gdb\""),
16505 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16506 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16507 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16508 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16510 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16511 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16512 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16513 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16514 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16515 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16516 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16517 or the start of the range\n\
16518 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16519 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16520 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16522 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16523 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16524 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16526 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16527 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16528 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16529 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16530 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16531 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16533 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16534 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16535 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16536 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16537 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16538 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16539 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16540 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16541 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16542 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16543 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16544 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16546 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16547 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16548 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16549 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16550 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16551 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16552 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16554 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16555 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16556 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16557 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16558 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16559 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16560 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16562 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16563 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16564 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16565 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16566 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16567 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16570 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16572 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16573 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16574 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16576 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16578 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16579 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);